WO2021002440A1 - Highly durable dye-based polarizing plate containing near-infrared absorbing dye - Google Patents

Highly durable dye-based polarizing plate containing near-infrared absorbing dye Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021002440A1
WO2021002440A1 PCT/JP2020/026065 JP2020026065W WO2021002440A1 WO 2021002440 A1 WO2021002440 A1 WO 2021002440A1 JP 2020026065 W JP2020026065 W JP 2020026065W WO 2021002440 A1 WO2021002440 A1 WO 2021002440A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
polarizing plate
substituted
carbon atoms
plate according
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/026065
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
典明 望月
陵太郎 森田
由侑 服部
Original Assignee
日本化薬株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日本化薬株式会社 filed Critical 日本化薬株式会社
Priority to JP2021529191A priority Critical patent/JPWO2021002440A1/ja
Publication of WO2021002440A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021002440A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/16Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin specially treated, e.g. irradiated
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/18Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/027Thermal properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B9/00Layered products comprising a layer of a particular substance not covered by groups B32B11/00 - B32B29/00
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors

Definitions

  • the present invention is a dye-based polarizing plate containing a near-infrared absorbing dye, which has high durability in a high temperature and high humidity environment, and particularly high durability even when exposed to strong light in a high temperature and high humidity environment.
  • the board Regarding the board.
  • a polarizing plate having a light transmitting / shielding function is used for a display device such as a liquid crystal display (LCD) together with a liquid crystal having a light switching function.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • the fields of application of this LCD are expanding from small devices such as calculators and watches in the early stages of commercialization to notebook computers, word processors, liquid crystal projectors, liquid crystal televisions, car navigation systems, indoor and outdoor information display devices, measuring devices, and the like.
  • the polarizing plate can also be applied to a lens having a polarizing function, and has been applied to sunglasses with improved visibility, and in recent years, polarized glasses compatible with 3D televisions and the like.
  • polarizing plates are also used for the purpose of improving accuracy in authenticity determination devices and improving the signal / noise ratio (S / N ratio) by cutting reflected light in image sensors such as CCD and CMOS. Has been done.
  • a general polarizing plate is a base material such as a stretch-oriented film of polyvinyl alcohol or a derivative thereof, or a polyene-based film in which polyene is generated and oriented by dehydroxation of a polyvinyl chloride film or dehydration of a polyvinyl alcohol-based film.
  • the iodine-based polarizing element has excellent polarization performance, but has low resistance to water and heat, and has a problem in its durability when used for a long time in a high temperature and high humidity state.
  • a dye-based polarizing element using a dichroic dye is superior in moisture resistance and heat resistance to an iodine-based polarizing element, but generally has insufficient polarization performance.
  • Patent Document 1 reports an infrared polarizing plate obtained by polyeneizing an iodine-based polarizing plate
  • Patent Documents 2 and 3 report an infrared polarizing plate to which a wire grit is applied.
  • Patent Document 4 reports an infrared polarizing element obtained by stretching glass containing fine particles
  • Patent Documents 5 and 6 report an infrared polarizing plate using a cholesteric liquid crystal.
  • the infrared polarizing plate of Patent Document 1 has low durability, particularly heat resistance, wet heat durability, and light resistance, and has not been put into practical use.
  • the wire grid type infrared polarizing plates of Patent Documents 2 and 3 can be processed into a film and have high heat resistance, so that they are becoming widespread.
  • this infrared polarizing plate does not maintain its optical characteristics unless the surface has nano-level irregularities, it must not touch the surface and there must be no foreign matter or fine droplets of water on the surface. Limits its use.
  • the infrared polarizing plate described in Patent Document 4 has high durability and high dichroism, and has been put into practical use. However, since the glass is stretched while containing fine particles, it is easily broken and brittle. In addition, there is also a problem that it is difficult to process the surface or bond it to another substrate because it does not have the flexibility of a conventional polarizing plate.
  • the infrared polarizing plates described in Patent Documents 5 and 6 are techniques using circularly polarized light, which have been known for a long time, but their colors change depending on the viewing angle. Further, since it is basically a polarizing plate using reflection, stray light is generated and it is difficult to form absolutely polarized light.
  • Patent Document 7 discloses that a film containing a dye having absorbency in the infrared region is stretched to obtain a near-infrared polarizing plate.
  • this infrared polarizing plate does not deal with the problem that the (near) infrared absorbing dye is inferior in moisture resistance and generates a large amount of heat when absorbing (near) infrared rays.
  • infrared polarizing plates are expected to be applied to in-vehicle devices, so that they have high durability in a high temperature and high humidity environment, especially even when irradiated with infrared rays in a high temperature and high humidity environment. It is starting to be requested. Therefore, an infrared polarizing plate having high durability that can meet such a demand is desired.
  • an object of the present invention is that a dye-based polarizing plate containing a near-infrared absorbing dye has high durability in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, and particularly high durability even when exposed to strong light in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment. It is an object of the present invention to provide a polarizing plate having a property.
  • the present inventors have obtained a hydrophilic polymer film containing a near-infrared absorbing dye and a substrate provided on one side or both sides of the hydrophilic polymer film.
  • the substrate can maintain the amount of the boron compound in the hydrophilic polymer film at a certain level or higher in a high temperature and high humidity environment, and / or in a predetermined moisture permeability test. It has been newly found that a polarizing plate having high durability can be obtained by having a characteristic that the moisture permeability is below a certain level in a high temperature and high humidity environment.
  • a polarizing plate including a polarizing element made of a hydrophilic polymer film containing a near-infrared absorbing dye and a substrate provided on one side or both sides of the film.
  • a polarizing plate the substrate having at least one of the following characteristics a) and b): a) When the hydrophilic polymer film contains a boron compound, the boron contained in the hydrophilic polymer film after the polarizing plate is exposed to the polarizing plate in an environment of 90% RH and 80 ° C. for 1000 hours.
  • the moisture permeability of the substrate in an environment of 90% RH relative humidity and 40 ° C. based on the JIS Z 0208 moisture permeability test is 0 to 1500 g / m 2 in 24 hours.
  • the hydrophilic polymer film is composed of a resin selected from the group consisting of polyvinyl alcohol-based resins, amylose-based resins, starch-based resins, cellulosic resins, polyacrylate-based resins, and derivatives thereof.
  • the polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [3], which contains a boron compound.
  • the resin substrate contains one or more resins selected from the group consisting of silicon-based resins, (meth) acrylic-based resins, cycloolefin-based resins, polyester-based resins, and polycarbonate resins [2].
  • the polarizing plate according to any one of [4].
  • the resin substrate contains a film obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer composition containing a (meth) acrylate compound having three or more (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule [2] to [5]. ]
  • the polarizing plate according to any one of. [7]
  • Polarizer a pentaerythritol skeleton, a neopentyl glycol skeleton, a trimethylolpropane skeleton, and a dicyclopentadiene skeleton.
  • a 1 is a phenyl group which may have a substituent, a naphthyl group which may have a substituent or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and A 2 ,.
  • a 3 and A 4 are independently phenyl groups which may have a substituent or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent, and k represents an integer of 0 or 1.
  • R 1 represents an integer of 0 or 1.
  • hydrogen atoms of the ring a and ring b are each independently may be substituted with a substituent R 1, either or both hydrogen atoms of the ring a and ring b is substituted It has been replaced by the group SO 3 M.
  • a 2 , A 3 and A 4 in the above formula (1) are independently represented by the following formula (2) or formula (3), and at least one of A 2 , A 3 and A 4 Is the polarizing plate according to [12], which is represented by the formula (2).
  • R 2 is a carbon substituted with a hydroxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group or a sulfo group. It represents an alkoxy group of the number 1 to 4, m 2 represents an integer of 0 to 6.
  • M represents a hydrogen, metal ion or ammonium ion, and n 3 represents an integer of 0 to 2).
  • R 3 and R 4 are independently substituted with a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a hydroxy group, respectively. Represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 or a sulfo group.
  • a 1 in formula (1) or (4), hydroxy group, one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy group and sulfo group having a carbon number of 1 to 4 sulfo groups The polarizing plate according to any one of [12] to [14], which is a naphthyl group substituted with.
  • a 1 is represented by the following formula (5), [12]
  • the polarizing plate according to. [18] is a radical selected from the group consisting of groups above formula (1) or the heterocyclic group which may have a substituent at A 1 in (4) is represented by (6) - (8) , [12] to [14].
  • X in formulas (6) to (8) is independently a halogen group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a sulfo group.
  • q 1 represents an integer of 0 to 4
  • q 2 represents an integer of 0 to 6.
  • M represents a hydrogen, metal ion, or ammonium ion
  • n 1 and n 2 are independent of 0 to 3, respectively.
  • * represents the bonding position with the azo bond.
  • the ratio of the absorbance of the axis showing the highest transmittance for polarized light to the absorbance of the axis showing the lowest transmittance for polarized light is 5 or more.
  • the polarizing plate according to [20] which shows neutral gray.
  • An optical device comprising the polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [21].
  • a display device including the polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [21] or the optical device according to [22].
  • the above-mentioned polarizing plate and apparatus have high durability even in a high temperature and high humidity environment, and even when exposed to strong light, especially infrared rays, particularly in a high temperature and high humidity environment. Has high durability.
  • the polarizing plate according to the embodiment of the present invention is a dye-based polarizing plate including a hydrophilic polymer film containing a near-infrared absorbing dye and a substrate, wherein the hydrophilic polymer film has a substrate having specific characteristics. By being laminated, it is characterized by having high durability in a high temperature and high humidity environment.
  • each component will be described.
  • the infrared region (sometimes referred to as an infrared wavelength region or an infrared region wavelength region) refers to a wavelength region of 700 nm to 3000 nm, and a near infrared region refers to a wavelength region of 700 nm to 1500 nm.
  • the polarizing plate according to the embodiment of the present invention contains a near-infrared absorbing dye and exhibits a polarization function in the near-infrared region.
  • the polarizing plate according to the embodiment of the present invention has a polarization function in a wavelength region of 700 nm to 1500 nm, but preferably exhibits a polarization function in a wavelength region of 700 nm to 1300 nm, and more preferably in a wavelength region of 750 nm to 1200 nm. Demonstrates the polarization function.
  • the two-color ratio which is anisotropy of absorption, can be used in a sensor or the like as long as it is 5 or more, but is preferably 10 or more, more preferably 20 or more, still more preferably 30 or more, and particularly preferably 40 or more.
  • the polarization degree is 88.2% and the polarization degree is about 90% at the two-color ratio 5, and the polarization degree is 98.3% at the two-color ratio 10. And shows a degree of polarization of about 99%.
  • Examples of the near-infrared absorbing dye used in the embodiment of the present invention include phthalocyanine type, naphthalocyanine type, metal complex type, boron complex type, cyanine type, squarylium type, diimonium type, diphenylamine / triphenylamine type, and quinone.
  • Examples include system and azo dyes. In general, these dyes extend the absorption wavelength by extending the existing ⁇ -conjugated system, and exhibit a wide variety of absorption wavelengths due to their structure. Most of them take the form of hydrophobic dyes and pigments, but some are used as hydrophilic dyes by making them water-soluble.
  • an azo-based near-infrared absorbing dye is used as the near-infrared absorbing dye.
  • a near infrared absorption dye may be simply abbreviated as a dye.
  • the near-infrared absorbing dye may be in the free form or in the salt form. Therefore, the near-infrared absorbing dyes herein include both forms.
  • the salt include alkali metal salts such as lithium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt; and organic salts such as ammonium salt and alkylamine salt, and sodium salt is preferable.
  • azo dyes absorb light in the visible region, and water-soluble inks are the main use.
  • near-infrared absorbing dyes that can absorb up to the near-infrared region by widening the absorption band are commercially available, and these can also be used.
  • Patent Document 8 describes C.I. for the purpose of producing black ink. I. Acid Black 2 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), C.I. I. An example of using Direct Black 19 (manufactured by Aldrich Industries, Ltd.) is described, but these dyes can also be used.
  • these azo dyes can be complexed with a metal, and these complexes can also be used. Examples of the complex include compounds of the following formula (9).
  • Mz indicates a central metal
  • examples of the metal species include cobalt and nickel.
  • Az and Bz each independently represent an aromatic ring such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.
  • Specific examples of the dye composed of such a complex include the near-infrared absorber described in Patent Document 10. The contents of Patent Document 10 are incorporated herein by reference.
  • a water-soluble azo compound is preferable, and an azo compound represented by the following formula (1) is particularly preferable.
  • a 1 is a phenyl group which may have a substituent, a naphthyl group which may have a substituent or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and A 2 ,.
  • a 3 and A 4 are independently phenyl groups which may have a substituent or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent, and k represents an integer of 0 or 1.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, and m represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • M represents hydrogen, metal ion, or ammonium ion, and n represents an integer of 1 or 2.
  • Hydrogen atoms of the ring a and ring b are each independently may be substituted with a substituent R 1, either one or both hydrogen atoms of the ring a and ring b is substituted with a substituent SO 3 M ing.
  • substituted phenyl group in the "optionally substituted phenyl group", “optionally substituted naphthyl group” and “optionally substituted heterocyclic group”, "substituent” Is not particularly limited, but is, for example, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a sulfo group. Substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, aryloxy group which may have a substituent, hydroxy group, sulfo group, carboxy group, nitro group, halogen atom, substituted or unsubstituted amino group, amide group, etc. Can be mentioned.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent examples include linear aliphatic carbides such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group and an n-butyl group.
  • linear aliphatic carbides such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group and an n-butyl group.
  • examples thereof include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a branched chain such as a hydrogen group, an isopropyl group, a sec-butyl group and a tert-butyl group, and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group such as a cyclobutyl group.
  • substituents include, for example, hydroxy. It may be substituted with a group, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group (described later), or an amide group.
  • alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent examples include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a sec-butoxy group and a tert.
  • -Butoxy group, cyclobutoxy group and the like can be mentioned, and these substituents may be substituted with, for example, a hydroxy group, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group (described later), or an amide group.
  • alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group examples include a sulfomethoxy group, a sulfoethoxy group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group, a 4-sulfobutoxy group, a 3-sulfobutoxy group and the like. Be done.
  • aryloxy group which may have a substituent examples include 5-membered or 6-membered monocyclic aryloxy or 11- to 14-membered condensed bicyclic aryloxy, and more specifically. Examples include a phenoxy group and a naphthoxy group.
  • the "substituent" in the "aryloxy group which may have a substituent” is not particularly limited, and for example, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have the above-mentioned substituent is used. Can be mentioned.
  • halogen atom examples include a chlorine atom and a bromine atom.
  • substituted or unsubstituted amino group examples include an unsubstituted amino group; a mono-C 1-4 alkylamino group such as a methylamino group, an ethylamino group, an n-propylamino group and an n-butylamino group.
  • Monoarylamino groups such as monophenylamino groups and mononaphthylamino groups (5- or 6-membered monocyclic arylamino groups or 11- to 14-membered fused bicyclic arylamino groups), acylamino groups (preferably the formula: Mono-substituted amino groups such as the acylamino group of R-CO-NH- (in the formula, R is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); as well as a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, an N-ethyl- DiC 1-4 alkylamino group such as N-methylamino group, diarylamino group such as diphenylamino group (5 or 6 member monocyclic aryl and 11 to 14 member fused bicyclic aryl) selected from 2 Amino group substituted with one aryl), C 1-4 alkyl such as N-ethyl-N-phenylamino group and 5- or 6-
  • the "substituent" of the "phenyl group which may have a substituent" in A 1 is more preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group.
  • R is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and each is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms). It is a substituent.
  • the "substituent” is more preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a nitro group, an unsubstituted amino group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group, a 4-sulfobutoxy group, or a 3-sulfo. It is a butoxy group.
  • the phenyl group has two or more substituents
  • at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group, a nitro group, a carboxy group, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group
  • the other Substituents are a sulfo group, a nitro group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group, a carboxy group, and a halogen.
  • It is preferably an atomic, nitro group, amino group, an amino group substituted with an aliphatic hydrocarbon having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon substituted acylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • substituents are more preferably sulfo group, methyl group, ethyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, carboxy group, hydroxy group, 2-sulfoethoxy group, 3-sulfopropoxy group, 4-sulfobutoxy group, chlorine.
  • Particularly preferred are sulfo groups, carboxy groups, nitro groups, methyl groups, methoxy groups, hydroxy groups, 3-sulfopropoxy groups, or 4-sulfobutoxy groups.
  • the position of the "substituent" of the "phenyl group which may have a substituent” in A 1 is not particularly limited, but preferably only the 2-position, the 4-position, the 2-position, the 6-position, the 2-position and the 4-position.
  • the ranks, or 3rd and 5th positions are preferable, and only the 2nd place, 4th place only, 2nd and 4th places, or 3rd and 5th places are particularly preferable.
  • only the 2-position and the 4-position mean that only the 2-position or the 4-position has one substituent other than a hydrogen atom.
  • phenyl group which may have a substituent in A phenyl having a sulfo group at the 2-position and a nitro group at the 4-position when the azo bond is at the 1-position.
  • substituents include a group or a phenyl group having a carboxy group at the 3- and 5-positions, respectively.
  • the "substituent" of the "naphthyl group which may have a substituent" in A 1 is selected from the group consisting of an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a hydroxy group and a sulfo group and a sulfo group. Substituents are preferred, with sulfo groups, 3-sulfopropoxy groups, 4-sulfobutoxy groups or hydroxy groups being even more preferred.
  • a naphthyl group in which the 8-position is substituted with a hydroxy group in the counterclockwise direction is more preferable, and further, an arbitrary position is substituted with a sulfo group according to the following formula (5).
  • the naphthyl groups shown are particularly preferred. (In equation (5), n 4 represents an integer of 1 to 2, and 1 is preferable.)
  • Examples of the "heterocyclic group which may have a substituent" in A 1 include a thiazole group, an oxazole group, an imidazole group, a thiophene group, a furan group, a pyrrole group and a thiadiazol group which may have a substituent.
  • Examples thereof include a pyrazole group, a pyridyl group, a piperazinyl group, a quinolyl group, a benzoimidazole group, a naphthoimidazole group, a benzothiazole group, a naphthothiazole group, a benzothiasiazol group and the like, and a benzothiazole group or a naphthiazole group which may have a substituent. Groups are preferred.
  • the "substituent" in the above-mentioned "heterocyclic group which may have a substituent” is not particularly limited, but is preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, and 1 to 1 to carbon atoms.
  • a group selected from the group consisting of the groups represented by the following formulas (6) to (8) is particularly preferable.
  • X in formulas (6) to (8) is independently a halogen group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Yes preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group or a hydroxy group
  • q 1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably represents 0 or 1
  • q 2 represents an integer of 0 to 6, preferably 0 or 1.
  • M represents a hydrogen, a metal ion or an ammonium ion
  • n 1 and n 2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1.
  • * represents. Indicates the bonding position with the azo bond.
  • a 2 , A 3 and A 4 are phenyl groups which may have a substituent or naphthyl groups which may have a substituent, respectively.
  • the "substituent” of “optionally substituted phenyl group” or “an optionally substituted naphthyl group” is not particularly limited, in the A 1, with a “substituent It may be the same as the substituent exemplified in "Substituent” in "May be a phenyl group", “a naphthyl group which may have a substituent” and "a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent”.
  • a 2 , A 3 and A 4 are independently represented by the following formula (2) or formula (3), and at least one of A 2 , A 3 and A 4 is It is preferable that it is represented by the formula (2) because a broadband polarizing element can be obtained.
  • R 2 is a carbon substituted with a hydroxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group or a sulfo group. It represents the alkoxy group of the numbers 1 to 4, and m 2 represents an integer of 0 to 6. M represents hydrogen, metal ion or ammonium ion, and n 3 represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group, and M are each of the formula ( It may be the same as 1).
  • m 2 is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0 to 2, and particularly preferably 0 or 1.
  • R 2 is preferably a hydroxy group.
  • n 3 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 1.
  • the substitution position of R 2, when the 1-position the point of attachment to the azo group of A 1 side in the formula (1), 2, 3, 5-position or 8-position is preferred. Specifically, it is preferable that either the 2-position or the 3-position is substituted with a methoxy group, and it is more preferable that the 3-position is substituted with a methoxy group. Further, the 5-position or 8-position is preferably substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • R 3 and R 4 are independently substituted with a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a hydroxy group, respectively.
  • the groups are the same as in the formula (1), respectively.
  • a 3 or A 4 has a structure represented by the formula (3) and R 3 or R 4 is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, it is preferable.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group.
  • R 1 a hydrogen atom or a hydroxy group is preferable, and a hydroxy group is more preferable.
  • the substitution position of R 1 is preferably the 5-position when the hydroxy group of the ring a is the 1-position.
  • M represents hydrogen, metal ion or ammonium ion.
  • the metal ion include alkali metal ions such as lithium ion, sodium and potassium ion, and alkaline earth metal ions such as calcium ion and magnesium ion.
  • the ammonium ion include ammonium ion, methylammonium ion, dimethylammonium ion, triethylammonium ion, tetraethylammonium ion, tetra-n-propylammonium ion, tetra-n-butylammonium ion, triethanolammonium ion and the like. ..
  • M when M is hydrogen, it is sulfonic acid (-SO 3 H), when M is sodium ion, it is sodium sulfonate (-SO 3 Na), and when M is ammonium ion, it is sulfone. Represents ammonium acid (-SO 3 NH 4 ).
  • the hydrogen atoms of the ring a and the ring b in the above formula (1) may be substituted with the above-mentioned substituent (R 1 ) and / or the above-mentioned substituent (-SO 3 M).
  • the ring a and the ring b in the above formula (1) are substituted with a sulfo group. It is also preferable that the ring b is substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • the 4-position is A ring structure substituted with a sulfo group, a ring structure in which the 2-position is substituted with a hydroxy group and the 4-position is substituted with a sulfo group, or a ring structure in which the 7-position is substituted with a sulfo group is particularly preferable.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (4) is particularly preferable.
  • a 1 to A 4 , M, n, k, ring a, and ring b are the same as those in the above formula (1), respectively.
  • the compound represented by the above formula (4) is preferable because it exhibits a near-infrared region polarization function having a wider band and a high degree of polarization.
  • azo compound represented by the above formula (1) Specific examples of the azo compound represented by the above formula (1) are given below.
  • the sulfo group, carboxy group and hydroxy group in the formula are represented in the form of a free acid, and the azo compound represented by the above formula (1) also includes salts of the compounds listed below.
  • the azo compound represented by the above formula (1) or a salt thereof can be produced, for example, by performing diazotization and coupling according to a usual method for producing an azo dye as described in Non-Patent Document 1. it can.
  • Aminonaphthalene represented by the following formula (A) is diazotized and primary coupled with aminonaphthalene or aniline represented by the following formula (B) to obtain a monoazoamino compound represented by the following formula (C).
  • This monoazoamino compound (C) is diazotized and secondarily coupled with aminonaphthalene or aniline represented by the following formula (D) to obtain a disazoamino compound represented by the following formula (E).
  • the azo compound of the above formula (1) can be obtained by diazotizing the disazoamino compound (E) and performing tertiary coupling with the naphthols of the following formula (F).
  • the diazotization step is carried out by a normal method of mixing a mineral acid aqueous solution such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid or a turbid solution with a nitrite such as sodium nitrite, or a neutral or weak diazo component. It is preferable to add nitrite to an alkaline aqueous solution and mix it with mineral acid by the reverse method.
  • the temperature of diazotization is preferably ⁇ 10 to 40 ° C.
  • the coupling with aminonaphthalene or aniline is preferably performed by mixing an acidic aqueous solution such as hydrochloric acid or acetic acid with each of the above diazo solutions at a temperature of ⁇ 10 to 40 ° C. and under acidic conditions of pH 2 to 7.
  • the azo compounds of the above formulas (C) and (E) obtained by coupling can be filtered as they are, precipitated by acidification or salting out and filtered out, or as a solution or a turbid solution as follows. You can also proceed to the process. If the diazonium salt is sparingly soluble and is in suspension, it can be filtered and used as a press cake in the next coupling step.
  • the tertiary coupling reaction between the diazodized diazoamino compound of the above formula (E) and the naphthols represented by the above formula (F) is carried out at a temperature of -10 to 40 ° C. under neutral to alkaline conditions of pH 7 to 10. It is preferable to be carried out in.
  • the obtained azo compound or salt of the formula (1) is preferably precipitated by salting out and filtered out.
  • salting out may be repeated or precipitation may be performed from water using an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent used for purification include water-soluble organic solvents such as alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, and ketones such as acetone.
  • the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (1) or a salt thereof is useful as a dye for a polarizing element, has a high polarization function in the near-infrared region, and can be combined with other constituent elements described later. It becomes possible to provide a high-performance dye-based near-infrared region polarizing plate having moisture resistance, heat resistance, and light resistance.
  • the polarizing element may include, in addition to the near-infrared absorbing dye, another organic dye having polarization performance in the visible region.
  • another organic dye having polarization performance in the visible region This makes it possible to realize, for example, a neutral gray dye-based polarizing plate that can control not only the infrared light region but also the visible region.
  • neutral gray is a state in which two polarizing elements are superposed so that their orientation directions are orthogonal to each other, and light leakage (color leakage) occurs at a specific wavelength or all wavelengths in the visible region and the near infrared region.
  • other dyes having polarization performance in the visible region may be simply abbreviated as other organic dyes.
  • the other organic dye is not particularly limited, but is a dye having dichroism in a wavelength region different from the absorption wavelength region of the azo compound represented by the formula (1) or a salt thereof, and the dichroism thereof. Higher dyes are preferred. Examples of such organic dyes include C.I. I. Direct Yellow 12, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 28, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 44, C.I. I. Direct Orange 26, C.I. I. Direct Orange 39, C.I. I. Direct Orange 71, C.I. I. Direct Orange 107, C.I. I. Direct Red 2, C.I. I. Direct Red 31, C.I. I. Direct Red 79, C.I. I. Direct Red 81, C.I. I. Direct Red 247, C.I. I.
  • Direct Blue 69 C.I. I. Direct Blue 78, C.I. I. Direct Blue 247, C.I. I. Direct Green 80, and C.I. I. Direct Green 59, etc. are typical examples.
  • These organic dyes can be contained in the polarizing element as free acids or as salts of alkali metal salts (eg Na salt, K salt, Li salt), ammonium salts, or amines.
  • the target polarizing plate is included depending on whether it is a neutral gray polarizing plate, a color polarizing plate for a liquid crystal projector, or another color polarizing plate of each color.
  • the types of organic dyes are different.
  • the blending ratio of the other organic dyes is not particularly limited, but when the mass of the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (1) is 100, the total of one or more other organic dyes. However, it is preferably 0.1 to 10.
  • a near-infrared absorbing dye and other dyes that absorb light in the infrared region so as to reduce color leakage in the visible region of the obtained polarizing plate. It is preferable to adjust the type of organic dye and the blending ratio thereof.
  • the polarizing element contains the above-mentioned near-infrared absorbing dye and optionally another organic dye (hereinafter, may be abbreviated as near-infrared absorbing dye or the like) in an oriented manner. It is composed of a hydrophilic polymer film.
  • Hydrophilic polymer film refers to a film that has a high affinity for water, and usually refers to a film that absorbs and swells water when immersed or in contact with water, which is preferable. It is used to contain or orient a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like.
  • the hydrophilic polymer film is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a film composed of a polyvinyl alcohol resin, an amylose resin, a starch resin, a cellulose resin, a polyacrylate resin, or a derivative thereof.
  • the “derivative” means a resin having a common basic skeleton peculiar to the above resin, but having some modification added in terms of other structures.
  • Derivatives of the above resins such as polyvinyl alcohol include resins obtained by modifying the above resins with olefins such as ethylene and propylene and unsaturated carboxylic acids such as crotonic acid, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and maleic acid. From the viewpoint of adsorptivity and orientation of near-infrared absorbing dyes and the like, a film made of a polyvinyl alcohol resin or a derivative thereof is most preferable. In order to maintain the oriented state of the near-infrared absorbing dye, etc. even under harsh conditions such as high temperature and high humidity, and to maintain the polarization characteristics, the hydrophilic polymer film must be composed of a resin having a crosslinked structure. Is preferable.
  • the polarizing element is composed of a hydrophilic polymer film obtained by cross-linking the resin with a boron compound such as boric acid or borax. Further, a combination of a polarizing element having such a crosslinked structure and a substrate having the characteristics of a) described later is a particularly preferable embodiment of the present invention.
  • the thickness of the hydrophilic polymer film is not limited, but is usually 10 to 100 ⁇ m, preferably about 25 to 80 ⁇ m.
  • the polarizing element contains a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like in a hydrophilic polymer film, and the hydrophilic polymer film is stretched to orient the hydrophilic polymer and the dye contained therein. Therefore, it can be obtained by expressing absorption anisotropy (so-called dichroism) in the near-infrared region and optionally in the visible region.
  • the hydrophilic polymer film containing a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like is prepared by swelling a hydrophilic polymer film such as a polyvinyl alcohol-based film with warm water or the like, and then adding the near-infrared absorbing dye or the like to 1000 parts by weight of water.
  • the aqueous solution containing a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like may contain a dyeing aid, if necessary, and may contain, for example, Glauber's salt in a concentration of about 0.1 to 10% by mass.
  • the time for immersing the film in the dyeing bath is, for example, about 1 to 10 minutes.
  • the dyeing temperature is preferably about 30 to 80 ° C.
  • the hydrophilic polymer contains a near-infrared absorbing dye in advance, and the hydrophilic polymer containing the near-infrared absorbing dye is molded into a film.
  • a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like is contained in an aqueous solution prepared by dissolving polyvinyl alcohol in an amount of 8 to 12% by mass in water at a concentration of 0.01 to 10% by mass in the solid content of the aqueous solution, and the aqueous solution is cast and formed.
  • a hydrophilic polymer film containing a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like can be obtained.
  • a film containing the near-infrared absorbing dye or the like is usually stretched.
  • a stretching method for example, a wet method or a dry method is used. Any known method such as a method may be used.
  • a hydrophilic polymer film containing a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like is stretched by a wet method, for example, it is stretched 2 to 9 times in the uniaxial direction in a tank containing a solution containing a boron compound such as boric acid or borax. Then, by drying, a polarizing element can be obtained.
  • the treatment with a boron compound is generally performed for the purpose of improving the light transmittance and the degree of polarization of the dye-based polarizing element.
  • the boron compound can be used as an index for maintaining the orientation of the near infrared absorbing dye together with the hydrophilic polymer film.
  • the conditions for treating with a boron compound such as boric acid and borax differ depending on the type of hydrophilic polymer film used and the type of near-infrared absorbing dye used.
  • the boron compound in an aqueous solution is in the range of 0.1 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.5 to 7% by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 5% by mass.
  • the stretching treatment is carried out in a temperature range of, for example, 30 to 80 ° C., preferably 40 to 75 ° C., for example, by immersing for 0.5 to 10 minutes and stretching 2 to 9 times in the uniaxial direction. If the pH of the treatment step is 5 to 9, it is possible to widen the wavelength range having the polarization function of the polarizing element using a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like, but more preferably 6.5 to 8.5.
  • 6.0 to 8.0 is mentioned as one preferable form.
  • a method for adjusting the pH of the aqueous solution at the time of treatment particularly the aqueous solution containing boric acid to 6 to 9, it is preferable to add a basic substance such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, or borax for treatment.
  • borax boric acid and borax may be used in combination.
  • the fixing treatment may be further carried out with an aqueous solution containing a cationic polymer compound.
  • the stretching treatment may be performed in one stage, or may be performed in two or more stages.
  • the hydrophilic polymer film may be stretched before dyeing.
  • the orientation of the water-soluble dye is performed at the dyeing stage.
  • the treatment with the boron compound may be performed after the above stretching step.
  • the stretching step may be carried out in a liquid (for example, water) containing no boron compound.
  • the performance of the polarizing element can be adjusted by the content of the near-infrared absorbing dye or the like, the dichroism of the near-infrared absorbing dye or the like, the stretching ratio at the time of stretching, or the like.
  • the stretching treatment may be a dry stretching method.
  • the film is stretched when the film is heated and softened by the heat.
  • stretching is possible using a gas such as air (air) or nitrogen as a stretching heating medium, and the temperature is set in consideration of processability such as the glass transition temperature and melting point of the hydrophilic polymer film. It is preferably stretched at room temperature to 200 ° C. depending on the type of resin constituting the film. Further, the humidity is preferably treated in an arbitrary environment with an atmosphere of 0 to 95% RH.
  • the heating method examples include an inter-roll zone stretching method, a roll heating stretching method, a pressure stretching method, an infrared heating stretching method, and the like, but the heating method is limited to these as long as heat is conducted to the film and stretching is possible. It's not something.
  • the draw ratio is preferably 2 to 9 times, but it may be adjusted in consideration of the drawable ratio of each resin and the draw ratio in which the dye can be oriented.
  • the stretching treatment may be performed in one stage, or may be performed in two or more stages.
  • the polarizing plate includes the above-mentioned polarizing element and a substrate laminated on the polarizing element.
  • the polarizing plate is characterized by comprising a substrate having the following characteristics a) or b), preferably a) and b).
  • a) When the hydrophilic polymer film contains a boron compound, the mass of the boron compound contained in the hydrophilic polymer film is determined after exposing the polarizing plate in an environment of 90% RH and 80 ° C. for 1000 hours. The pre-exposure is set to 100%, and 20% or more is retained.
  • the moisture permeability in an environment of 90% RH relative humidity and 40 ° C. based on the JIS Z 0208 moisture permeability test of the substrate is 0 to 1500 g / m 2 in 24 hours.
  • the polarizing plate can have high durability even in a high temperature and high humidity environment, and particularly can have high durability even when exposed to strong light in a high temperature and high humidity environment. That is, in the polarizing plate satisfying the property of a), the content of the boron compound contained in the hydrophilic polymer film is maintained at a high level even when exposed to a high temperature and high humidity environment.
  • This characteristic means that the polarizing element has a high-level crosslinked structure and maintains the orientation state of the near-infrared absorbing dye obtained by stretching.
  • a polarizing plate having such characteristics can suppress isomerization and decomposition deterioration of near-infrared absorbing dyes even in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, and can maintain high transmittance and high degree of polarization.
  • Non-Patent Document 2 not all of the boron compounds are crosslinked in the polarizing element containing the dichroic dye in the hydrophilic polymer film exemplified by polyvinyl alcohol, and further. Boric acid is removed by the crosslinked moisture.
  • the crosslinks of the boron compound are gradually removed from the hydrophilic polymer film and diffused, and the diffusion is not limited to the hydrophilic polymer film, but the adhesive layer laminated on the polarizing element or Move to a transparent protective layer.
  • the smaller the migration of the boron compound and the higher the retention rate of the boron compound in the hydrophilic polymer film the more the cross-linking is maintained, and the higher the level can be retained even when exposed to a high temperature and high humidity environment. Therefore, it is important to prevent the diffusion of the boron compound from the hydrophilic polymer film and the transfer to the substrate, but it is necessary that the boron compound and the substrate have a low affinity.
  • the affinity can be expressed by measuring the solubility and transfer amount of chemical substances, but as a result of our examination, the retention rate of the boron compound in the polarizing element is the index that the transfer of the boron compound is suppressed. It was found to be effective in showing affinity with the substrate. In consideration of the above, it is recommended to use a substrate that retains 20% or more of the mass of the boron compound contained in the hydrophilic polymer film, with 100% before the exposure, even in a high temperature and high humidity environment.
  • the present invention has been reached as an index for giving high durability to a polarizing element containing an absorbing dye or the like.
  • a polarizing plate satisfying the characteristics of b) means that even if it is exposed to a high temperature and high humidity environment, the amount of water that passes through the substrate and reaches the polarizing element is small. Therefore, the polarizing element is less likely to be relaxed due to moisture, can maintain the orientation state obtained by stretching, and can maintain the molecular cohesive force in the hydrophilic polymer film in a high state. Further, when a boron compound is contained, it indirectly indicates that the cross-linking with the hydrophilic polymer film is hard to be removed, and diffusion and transfer to the substrate are hard to occur.
  • a polarizing plate having such characteristics can suppress isomerization and decomposition deterioration of a near-infrared absorbing dye even in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, and can maintain high transmittance and high degree of polarization.
  • the amount of the boron compound before the exposure is 100%, and 35% or more of the boron compound is retained after the exposure, and more preferably 50% or more is retained. , 60% or more is more preferable.
  • the moisture permeability of the substrate when left in an environment of 90% RH and 40 ° C. for 24 hours preferably shows 0 to 1100 g / m 2 , and more preferably 0 to 900 g / m. 2 shows a, more preferably it is better to indicate the 0 ⁇ 800g / m 2.
  • any of the above characteristics can be imparted by providing the substrate on one side of the polarizing element, but it is preferable to provide the same or different substrates on both sides of the polarizing element, whereby a high temperature and high humidity environment can be provided from either side of the polarizing element. Even if it is exposed to the bottom, the influence of water and the cross-linking can be broken to suppress the transfer of the boron compound, or both properties can be imparted.
  • the substrate When the substrate is provided on the polarizing element, the substrate may be laminated so as to be in direct contact with the polarizing element, or the substrate may be provided on the polarizing element via another layer such as an adhesive layer.
  • the substrate when the substrate is provided on "one side or both sides of the polarizing element", the substrate is provided so as to be in direct contact with the polarizing element, and the substrate is provided on the polarizing element via another layer. Includes both.
  • a film generally used as an optical film may be provided between the substrate and the polarizing element.
  • the optical film that may be provided between the substrate and the polarizing element include a triacetyl cellulose film, a cycloolefin film, an acrylic film, and a film used as a retardation plate, which are generally used for polarizing plates.
  • the retardation plate may be a retardation plate made of a polymer or a retardation plate made of a liquid crystal, and is not limited thereto.
  • As the retardation plate 1 / 4 ⁇ , 1 / 2 ⁇ , etc. are generally used for the wavelength to be controlled, but any retardation plate may be used.
  • the substrate that can satisfy the above characteristics a) and / or b) may be an inorganic substrate and an organic resin substrate.
  • Examples of the inorganic substrate that can satisfy the above-mentioned properties a) and / or b) include a substrate made of transparent glass, quartz, sapphire, crystal or spinel.
  • transparent when used in the specification of the present application, it means that the polarizing plate has a transmittance of 20% or more in a wavelength band having polarization characteristics, for example, 380 to 1500 nm.
  • a polarizing plate that requires transparency it is more preferable to have a transmittance of 50% or more, further preferably to have a transmittance of 80% or more, and to have a transmittance of 90% or more. Especially preferable.
  • a substrate made of quartz, sapphire, or quartz is a highly transparent and preferable inorganic substrate. Further, these inorganic substrates are also preferable in that they have high thermal conductivity, that is, high heat dissipation, and substrates made of sapphire or quartz are more preferable.
  • a polarizing element in which a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like is oriented in a hydrophilic polymer film, the polarizing element generates heat when it absorbs high-intensity light in the infrared region, so that this type of heat dissipation is high. It has important significance in increasing the durability of the polarizing plate.
  • glass is slightly inferior in terms of transparency, it has an advantage that it can be easily manufactured at low cost, and may be used in combination with other substrates.
  • Glass includes soda glass, borosilicate glass, non-alkali glass and the like, but is not particularly limited.
  • another inorganic substrate may be used.
  • the substrate is provided on both sides of the polarizing element, it is preferable that at least one of the substrates is an inorganic substrate from the viewpoint of imparting high durability even in a high temperature and high humidity environment, for example, glass, quartz, sapphire or the like. It can be a substrate made of quartz. From the same viewpoint, inorganic substrates may be provided on both sides of the polarizing element. In this case, the substrate may be the same inorganic substrate or a different inorganic substrate. Further, from the viewpoint of transparency and heat dissipation, it is particularly preferable to sandwich both sides of the polarizing element with a substrate made of quartz, sapphire or quartz.
  • the polarizing plate When a substrate is provided on one side of the polarizing element and the polarizing plate is attached to an optical device or a display device, if the other surface is attached to an inorganic substrate such as glass of the device, the device is substantially inorganic.
  • the substrate can function as a substrate for the polarizing plate.
  • the adhesive or the adhesive is applied to the inorganic substrate to form the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer.
  • the adhesive or the adhesive is not particularly limited as long as it can be adhered, and as the adhesive, for example, an ultraviolet curable adhesive, a heat curable adhesive, a silicon-based adhesive or the like can be used.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive is also not particularly limited, and for example, an acrylic (co) polymerized resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer composition containing at least an acrylic acid-based alkyl ester, a silicon-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like can be used. However, it is not limited to these. Further, it may be a combination of a curable adhesive and an adhesive.
  • the adhesive that combines the curable adhesive and the adhesive for example, the adhesive blending composition described in Patent Document 9 can be preferably used, and the specification of the present application is referred to by referring to the contents of Patent Document 9. Incorporate into.
  • the adhesive layer may be a resin substrate described later.
  • the resin substrate that can satisfy the above characteristics a) or b), one selected from silicon-based resin, acrylic-based resin, olefin-based resin, cycloolefin-based resin, polyester-based resin, vinylidene chloride resin, and polycarbonate resin, Alternatively, a substrate composed of two or more types can be mentioned.
  • a substrate made of a siloxane silicone resin, an acrylic resin, a cycloolefin resin, a polyester resin, or a polycarbonate resin is preferable.
  • the substrate may be in film shape (thin and flexible).
  • the silicone-based resin for example, a silicone resin polymerized mainly containing an organosilace Kiroxane having a (meth) acryloyl group described in Patent Document 11 (International Publication 2010/137332) is preferable, and a film-forming silicone resin is formed. The resulting film can be used as a substrate.
  • Patent Document 11 International Publication 2010/137332
  • the contents of Patent Document 11 are incorporated in the specification of the present application.
  • the acrylic resin for example, an acrylic resin is preferable according to the description of Example 1 of Patent Document 12 (International Publication 2006/11223), and a film obtained by forming a film thereof can be used as a substrate.
  • the contents of Document 12 are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the film made of the cycloolefin resin ZEONOR manufactured by Nippon Zeon Corporation and ARTON manufactured by JSR Corporation are exemplified as preferable films, and these films can be used as a substrate.
  • the polyester resin a polyethylene terephthalate resin or a polyethylene naphthalate resin is preferable, and as a film made of these resins, for example, an SRF film manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd. is preferable.
  • the vinylidene chloride resin for example, Saran resin manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation is preferable, and a film formed by the same can be used as a substrate.
  • the polycarbonate resin Pure Ace manufactured by Teijin Corporation, R film manufactured by Kaneka Corporation, and the like are preferable, and these can be used as a substrate.
  • the adhesive or adhesive used for laminating the polymer substrate on the polarizing element via the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer is not particularly limited as long as it can be adhered.
  • the adhesive include an ultraviolet curable adhesive and a heat curable type. Adhesives, silicon-based adhesives and the like can be used.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive for example, an acrylic (co) polymerized resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer composition containing at least a (meth) acrylic acid-based alkyl ester, a silicon-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like can be used. It is not limited to. Moreover, you may combine the curable adhesive and the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the adhesive layer may be a layer made of a cured product obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable compound described later.
  • a resin substrate capable of satisfying the above characteristics a) or b) for example, a compound having a polymerizable substituent such as a glycidyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, or an isocyanate group is polymerized.
  • a compound having a polymerizable substituent such as a glycidyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, or an isocyanate group.
  • examples thereof include a substrate made of a specific resin.
  • a substrate made of a cured product of the composition containing the polymerizable monomer described in Non-Patent Document 3 can be exemplified, and the contents of Non-Patent Document 3 are incorporated in the present specification by reference.
  • Preferable examples thereof include a substrate made of a cured product obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer composition containing a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group and a polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerizable monomer composition comprises a compound having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups.
  • the polymerizable monomer composition contains a compound having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups in all the monomers, preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 70% by mass. % Or more.
  • the polymerizable monomer composition comprises a compound having three or more (meth) acryloyl groups.
  • the polymerizable monomer composition preferably contains 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and 70% or more of the monomers having three or more (meth) acryloyl groups in all the monomers. Is particularly preferable. With a polymerizable monomer composition having such a monomer composition, a substrate made of a resin having a higher hardness and a higher crosslink density can be obtained.
  • the (meth) acrylate compound having such a skeleton preferably contains 15% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or more in terms of solid content concentration. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable to contain 70% or more. Examples of compounds having such a structure are shown in Table 1 together with moisture permeability.
  • the method for evaluating the moisture permeability is a monomer for forming a resin substrate on semi-bleached kraft paper (obtained from Totsuya Echo Co., Ltd.) coated with polyvinyl alcohol having a solid content concentration of 5% to a thickness of 1 ⁇ m.
  • the composition is applied and cured to form a resin substrate, or the formed resin substrate or inorganic substrate is attached to the composition.
  • the composition containing the compound having a (meth) acryloyl group as the polymerizable monomer shown in Table 1 above 10 parts by weight of the compound having a (meth) acryloyl group, 5 parts by weight of toluene, and 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone (BASF).
  • Irgacure 184) 0.6 parts by weight was mixed to prepare a composition.
  • the composition was coated on the semi-bleached kraft paper anchor-coated with polyvinyl alcohol so that the resin solid content after solvent volatilization had a thickness of 5 ⁇ m.
  • the moisture permeability of the substrate can be evaluated by confirming the moisture permeability of the semi-bleached kraft paper according to JIS Z 0208.
  • Examples of products having a pentaerythritol skeleton include KAYARAD PET-30, KAYARAD PET-40, KAYARAD DPHA, etc.
  • examples of products having a neopentyl glycol skeleton include KAYARAD NPGDA
  • products having a trimethylolpropane skeleton include KAYARAD TMPTA and the like can be mentioned
  • examples of the product having a dicyclopentadiene skeleton include KAYARAD R-684 and the like.
  • a (meth) acrylate compound having a pentaerythritol skeleton, a neopentyl glycol skeleton, or a trimethylolpropane skeleton is more preferable because of its lower moisture permeability and excellent moisture and heat resistance.
  • a (meth) acrylate compound having an erythritol skeleton is particularly preferred.
  • the resin composition may contain an ultraviolet polymerization initiator.
  • the ultraviolet polymerization initiator include 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropane-1 (Irgacure 907 manufactured by BASF) and 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone (Irgacure manufactured by BASF).
  • -Benzophenone compounds such as methoxybenzophenone (Kayacure MBP manufactured by Nippon Kayaku), thioxanson, 2-chlorthioxanson (Kayacure CTX manufactured by Nihon Kayaku), 2-methylthioxanson, 2,4-dimethylthioxanson (Japan) Kayakure RTX), Isopropylthioxanson, 2,4-dicloothioxanson (Kayacure CTX made by Nippon Kayaku), 2,4-diethylthioxanson (Kayacure DETX made by Nihon Kayaku), 2,4- Examples thereof include thioxanthone compounds such as diisopropylthioxanson (Kayacure DITX manufactured by Nippon Kayaku).
  • 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropane-1 BASF's Irgacure 907
  • 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone BASF's Irgacure 184
  • 2,2-Dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone Irgacure 651 manufactured by BASF
  • photopolymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination in any proportion.
  • an auxiliary agent can be used in combination in order to promote the photopolymerization reaction.
  • auxiliaries include, for example, triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, n-butylamine, N-methyldiethanolamine, diethylaminoethyl methacrylate, Michler ketone, 4,4'-diethylaminophenone, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid.
  • examples thereof include amine compounds such as ethyl acid, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid (n butoxy) ethyl, and 4-dimethylaminobenzoate isoamyl.
  • the amount of the photopolymerization initiator and auxiliary agent added is preferably used within a range in which the polarization performance is not deteriorated, and the amount thereof is a polymerizable substituent such as a (meth) acryloyl group in the polymerizable composition.
  • a polymerizable substituent such as a (meth) acryloyl group in the polymerizable composition.
  • 100 parts by weight of the compound it is preferably 0.5 parts by weight or more and 12 parts by weight or less, and more preferably 2 parts by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less.
  • the amount of the auxiliary agent is preferably about 0.5 to 2 times the amount of the photopolymerization initiator.
  • the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer composition contains a thermally polymerizable monomer, it may contain a polymerization initiator, a cross-linking agent and / or an initiator.
  • a cross-linking agent various known cross-linking agents such as isocyanate-based, boron-based, and titanate-based can be used.
  • the amount added is preferably 0.1 part by weight or more and 20 parts by weight or less in 100 parts by weight of the polymerizable monomer composition, and more preferably about 1 part by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less in 100 parts by weight of the composition.
  • the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer composition is diluted as a stock solution or, if necessary, with a solvent and laminated on a polarizing element or a polarizing element, or directly after film formation.
  • the polymerizable resin cured layer of the present invention is coated on a film transferable to a polarizing element via an adhesive layer or the like, and then the solvent is removed by heating or the like as necessary, and the film is heated or irradiated with ultraviolet rays.
  • a substrate can be obtained.
  • a triacetyl cellulose film or the like can be used as the film to be laminated on the polarizing element.
  • the solvent of the monomer composition preferably has excellent solubility of the monomer in the composition and wettability with respect to the substrate, and does not cause deterioration of the smoothness of the surface of the base material.
  • water for example, water; toluene, xylene, etc.
  • Aromatic hydrocarbons such as anisole, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran; methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 2-hexanone, 3-hexanone, 2-heptanone, 3 -Ketones such as heptanone, 4-heptanone, 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanone; alcohols such as n-butanol, 2-butanol, cyclohexanol, isopropyl alcohol; cellosolves such as methyl cellosolve and methyl celloacetate; Esters such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl lactate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, methoxyethyl acetate, succinate eth
  • the solvent may be a single solvent or a mixture.
  • concentration of the resin composition varies depending on the solvent solubility, the wettability with respect to the substrate, the thickness after coating, and the like, but is preferably about 5 to 95% by weight, more preferably about 10 to 80% by weight.
  • leveling agent various leveling agents such as silicon-based, fluorine-based, polyether-based, acrylic acid copolymer-based, and titanate-based can be used.
  • the amount added is 0.0001 parts by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less in 100 parts by weight of the polymerizable monomer composition, more preferably 0.1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less in 100 parts by weight of the monomer composition. Good.
  • cross-linking agents are added to the monomer composition in order to improve them. It is also possible to do.
  • type of cross-linking agent various compounds such as isocyanate-based, boron-based, and titanate-based compounds can be used. The amount added is 0.0001 parts by weight or more and 20 parts by weight or less in 100 parts by weight of the polymerizable monomer composition, more preferably 0.1 parts by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less in 100 parts by weight of the composition. ..
  • a method of forming the resin substrate As a method of forming the resin substrate, a method of directly coating the polarizing element, a method of providing the resin substrate on the film used for laminating triacetyl cellulose or the like, or a method of forming a layer of the polymerizable monomer composition on another film.
  • a method of providing a substrate on a polarizing element by transfer or lamination, and a method of providing an adhesive layer and laminating a resin substrate on the adhesive layer are also efficient and can easily produce a polarizing plate.
  • the method of applying the polymerizable monomer composition is not particularly limited, and for example, a spin coating method, a wire bar coating method, a gravure coating method, a micro gravure coating method, a calendar coating method, a spray coating method, a meniscus coating method, or the like. Can be mentioned.
  • the monomers are sufficiently polymerized by heating or irradiation with ultraviolet rays, and the unreacted component is as small as possible.
  • the degree of the unreacted monomer (for example, acrylate compound) in 100 parts by weight of the cured resin composition is 0 parts by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less, more preferably 0 parts by weight or more and 3 parts by weight or less, still more preferably 0. It is preferable that the weight is equal to or more than 1 part by weight.
  • Examples of the method for obtaining such a layer include a method of optimizing the layer thickness of the resin composition after coating, a method of optimizing the type and amount of the photopolymerization initiator to be added, sufficient heating or ultraviolet rays.
  • the method of irradiating with ultraviolet rays a method of curing by changing the atmosphere at the time of ultraviolet irradiation such as in an inert gas such as nitrogen.
  • the method of optimizing the thickness of the resin layer is convenient in that it can be optimized only by changing the resin concentration or the resin coating amount.
  • the thickness of the resin substrate is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 ⁇ m to 8 ⁇ m, still more preferably 2 ⁇ m to 6 ⁇ m. If it is thicker than 10 ⁇ m, the amount of residual unreacted monomers may increase, resulting in insufficient wet heat durability or reddening of the polarizing plate in the dry heat durability test. On the other hand, if it is thinner than 0.5 ⁇ m, the wet and heat durability tends to be insufficient.
  • the irradiation amount of ultraviolet rays varies depending on the type of acrylate compound, the type and amount of photopolymerization initiator added, and the film thickness, but is preferably about 100 to 1500 mJ / cm 2 .
  • the resin substrate is transparent even when treated with an alkaline solution.
  • one index is that there is no cloudiness after being treated with an alkaline aqueous solution having a pH of 11 or more at 40 ° C. for 10 minutes or more.
  • a film provided with a cured layer obtained by applying an ultraviolet curable monomer composition to a thickness of 5 ⁇ m on triacetyl cellulose is treated with an aqueous solution of pH 11 at 40 ° C. for 10 minutes or more, and has a wavelength of 550 nm.
  • the light transmittance in the above is preferably 85% or more, and preferably 90% or more.
  • the surface of the resin substrate hydrophilic by treating the resin substrate with an alkaline aqueous solution because the adhesion to a hydrophilic polymer film, for example, a polyvinyl alcohol-based film is improved.
  • a hydrophilic polymer film for example, a polyvinyl alcohol-based film
  • the contact angle when 10 ⁇ liters of water is dropped is preferably 60 ° or less, more preferably 50 ° or less, still more preferably 40 ° or less. ..
  • bonding to a polarizing element it is preferable to use a formulation which is treated with an alkaline aqueous solution, neutralized with water or an acidic aqueous solution, and then dried.
  • the resin substrate may be directly laminated on the polarizing element, but for example, a structure of the polarizing plate including a general triacetyl cellulose film (hereinafter abbreviated as TAC).
  • TAC triacetyl cellulose film
  • the resin substrate is placed between or on the surface of any one of the polarizing plates having a structure represented by "TAC / adhesive layer (or adhesive layer) / polarizing element / adhesive layer (or adhesive layer) / TAC".
  • Durability can be improved by providing more than one layer. Specifically, on the surface of the TAC that does not face the adhesive layer (or adhesive layer), between the TAC and the adhesive layer (or adhesive layer), or between the adhesive layer (or adhesive layer) and the polarizing element.
  • Durability can be improved by providing one or more layers.
  • it is effective to provide a resin substrate on the surface side which becomes an exposed surface after being attached to the display device.
  • the TAC on the surface side that becomes the exposed surface after the polarizing plate is attached to the display device is attached to TAC (F), and the adhesive layer (or adhesive layer) on the surface side that becomes the exposed surface after being attached to the display device is adhered.
  • the structure of the polarizing plate is "TAC (F) / adhesive layer (F) / polarizing element / adhesive layer (or adhesive layer) / TAC / adhesive layer / display device".
  • a substrate made of a cured polymerizable resin between the surface of the TAC (F), the TAC (F) / the adhesive layer (F), or the adhesive layer (F) / the polarizing element in the configuration.
  • an anchor coat layer may be provided between the polarizing element and the resin substrate in order to improve the adhesion or prevent the migration of unreacted monomers in the resin substrate.
  • the above-mentioned polarizing element may have a transparent film or layer other than the above-mentioned substrate bonded as a protective layer on one side or both sides thereof.
  • the TAC exemplified in the above-mentioned general polarizing plate configuration can also be one of the protective layers.
  • the transparent protective layer can be provided by forming a layer by coating with a polymer or by laminating films. As the transparent polymer or film forming the transparent protective layer, a transparent polymer or film having high mechanical strength and good thermal stability is preferable.
  • the substance used as the transparent protective layer examples include cellulose acetate resins such as triacetyl cellulose and diacetyl cellulose or films thereof, resins or polymers having imide and / or amide main chains or side chains, or films thereof.
  • a liquid crystal resin or a film thereof may be provided.
  • a polarizing plate may be produced by providing one or more layers of the same or different resin or film therein on one side or both sides.
  • the thickness of the protective layer or the film used as the protective layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 to 200 ⁇ m, preferably 10 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • Examples of the adhesive that can be used to bond the polarizing element and the protective layer include polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesives, urethane emulsion-based adhesives, acrylic adhesives, and adhesives composed of polyol and isocyanate. , Is not particularly limited.
  • a transparent surface treatment layer may be further provided on the surface of the polarizing plate.
  • the surface treatment layer include an acrylic-based, urethane-based or polysiloxane-based hard coat layer, a general antireflection layer (AR layer), and an antiglare layer (AG layer).
  • AR layer an acrylic-based, urethane-based or polysiloxane-based hard coat layer
  • AR layer an antireflection layer
  • AG layer antiglare layer
  • the AR layer can be formed by depositing or sputtering a substance such as silicon dioxide or titanium oxide, or by applying a thin coating of a fluorine-based substance.
  • the AG layer may be formed by applying a coat layer containing particles made of silica, a polymer, or the like, and exhibiting antiglare properties by internal scattering or scattering forming irregularities.
  • the polarizing plate of the present application can also be used as a circular polarizing plate or an elliptical polarizing plate by further attaching a retardation plate to the surface.
  • Devices image sensor applications such as CCD and CMOS, etc.
  • the dye-based polarizing element has high polarization performance even in the near infrared region and is also excellent in durability. For this reason, high reliability is required for various liquid crystal displays, liquid crystal projectors, in-vehicle use, and outdoor displays (for example, display applications and wearable applications of industrial instruments) that require high polarization performance and durability. It is particularly suitable for security devices and the like.
  • Step 2 142 parts of the obtained wet cake of the compound represented by the formula (101) was added to 300 parts of water, stirred and suspended, the pH was adjusted to 9.0 with 25% sodium hydroxide, and 40% nitrite was added thereto. 15.5 parts of aqueous sodium solution was added. The obtained suspension was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 100 parts of water and 37.5 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. On the other hand, 20.1 parts of 8-aminonaphthalene-2-sulfonic acid was added to 200 parts of water and dissolved in a 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution while adjusting the pH to 6-8.
  • Step 3 148 parts of the obtained wet cake of the monoazo compound represented by the formula (102) was added to 300 parts of water, stirred and suspended, and the pH was adjusted to 9.0 using 25% sodium hydroxide, and 40% nitrite was added thereto. 10.9 parts of aqueous sodium solution was added. The obtained suspension was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 100 parts of water and 26.3 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. On the other hand, 14.0 parts of 8-aminonaphthalene-2-sulfonic acid was added to 200 parts of water, and a 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was used to dissolve the acid while adjusting the pH to 6-8.
  • Step 2 241 parts of the obtained wet cake of the monoazo compound represented by the above formula (105) was added to 300 parts of water, and the mixture was stirred and suspended. The suspension was adjusted to pH 9.0 with 25% sodium hydroxide, and 34.5 parts of a 40% aqueous sodium nitrite solution was added thereto. The obtained suspension was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 200 parts of water and 50 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. On the other hand, 22.3 parts of 8-aminonaphthalene-2-sulfonic acid was added to 200 parts of water and dissolved in a 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution while adjusting the pH to 6-8.
  • the diazo solution of the above formula (106) was added dropwise to this solution with 35% hydrochloric acid at a pH of 4.5 to 6.0, and the mixture was stirred to complete the coupling reaction. Then, it was salted out with sodium chloride and then filtered to obtain 100 parts of a wet cake of a trisazo compound represented by the following formula (107).
  • the obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution at 40 ° C. containing 20 g / l of boric acid (manufactured by Fuji Film Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) for 1 minute.
  • the film after immersion was placed in an aqueous solution (pH 5.3) at 50 ° C. containing 30.0 g / l of boric acid, subjected to a stretching treatment for 5 minutes, and stretched 5.0 times.
  • the obtained film was washed by immersing it in water at 25 ° C. for 20 seconds while maintaining its tension.
  • the washed film was dried at 70 ° C. for 9 minutes to obtain a polarizing element.
  • the parallel transmittance (Ky) is the transmittance when the absorption axis of the absolute polarizer used at the time of measurement and the absorption axis of the polarizing element are parallel
  • the orthogonal transmittance (Kz) is the absolute transmittance used at the time of measurement. The transmittance when the absorption axis of the polarizer and the absorption axis of the polarizing element are orthogonal to each other.
  • the parallel transmittance and the orthogonal transmittance of each wavelength were measured at intervals of 5 nm from 380 to 1200 nm.
  • the single transmittance of each wavelength is calculated from the following formula (i)
  • the degree of polarization of each wavelength is calculated from the following formula (ii)
  • the highest degree of polarization at 380 to 1200 nm. Its maximum absorption wavelength ( ⁇ max), and single transmittance were obtained.
  • Ky and Kz were converted into absorbance, and the highest absorbance ratio from the absorbance ratios obtained from them was calculated as the two-color ratio (Rd).
  • a region having a two-color ratio of 5 or more and a region having a two-color ratio of 10 or more were confirmed.
  • Table 2 shows the optical characteristics of the wavelength ( ⁇ max) having the highest degree of polarization of the obtained polarizing element, and the results of wavelengths in the region where Rd is 5 or more and Rd is 10 or more.
  • the polarizing element manufactured by using the above [Compound Example 1-5] and the polarizing element manufactured by using the above [Compound Example 1-29] have high polarization performance at the maximum absorption wavelength ( ⁇ max). All had absorption anisotropy of a two-color ratio (Rd) of 5 or more in the near infrared region. Further, a band having a two-color ratio of 10 or more exists at 1080 nm, and the polarizing element has a high degree of polarization in a wide band region.
  • Example 1 of Patent Document 9 a double-sided adhesive sheet for adhering the substrate and the polarizing element was obtained.
  • the contents of Patent Document 9 are incorporated herein by reference. Specifically, 94 g of n-butyl acrylate, 1 g of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and 5 g of N, N-dimethylacrylamide were dissolved in 185 g of ethyl acetate, and 0.05 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added to 70. Polymerization at ° C. for 5 hours gave an acrylic resin copolymer solution.
  • the obtained acrylic copolymer had a weight average molecular weight of 1,100,000 by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) in terms of polystyrene.
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • ethyl acetate was added to the obtained copolymer solution to adjust the resin content to 22.5% by weight to obtain an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the obtained acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive having a resin content of 22.5% by weight was added to a solid content of 79 parts by weight, an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent (Coronate RTMHL manufactured by Toso Corporation) by 0.035 parts by weight, and 3-glycidoxypropyltri.
  • Methoxysilane (KBM-403 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.009 parts by weight, dibutyltin dilaurate (manufactured by Genuine Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.002 parts by weight, 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an alkoxysilane having an acrylic group KBM-5103) 17 parts by weight, KAYARAD R-115 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) as a bifunctional photopolymerizable compound, 2 parts by weight, Irgacure-184 (manufactured by BASF) as a photopolymerization initiator 2 parts by weight and 32 parts by weight of 2-butanone were mixed to obtain a compounding composition used in the present invention.
  • KBM-403 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. 0.009 parts by weight
  • Methyl ethyl ketone was added so that the solid content of the obtained compounding composition was 20 parts by weight, and the mixture was mixed for 1 hour to obtain the compounding composition of the present invention for an adhesive sheet.
  • the obtained compounding composition was sandwiched between two release films (polyethylene terephthalate film) and molded into a sheet shape.
  • the obtained sheet had a thickness of 20 ⁇ m and was used as a double-sided adhesive sheet for a laminate.
  • Substrate to be tested Resin substrate-1 10 parts by weight of PET-30 (pentaerythritol triacrylate) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., 5 parts by weight of toluene, and 0.6 parts by weight of 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone (Irgacure 184 manufactured by BASF) are mixed and irradiated with ultraviolet rays. Formed.
  • Resin substrate-2 5 parts by weight of PET-30 (pentaerythritol triacrylate) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., 5 parts by weight of FA-511A (dicyclopentenyl acrylate) manufactured by Hitachi Kasei, 5 parts by weight of toluene, and 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone (manufactured by BASF).
  • Irgacure 184) 0.6 parts by weight was mixed and formed by irradiating with ultraviolet rays.
  • Resin substrate-3 10 parts by weight of PEG-400DA (polyethylene glycol diacrylate) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., 5 parts by weight of toluene, and 0.6 parts by weight of 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone (Irgacure 184 manufactured by BASF) are mixed and irradiated with ultraviolet rays. Formed.
  • Resin substrate-4 A cycloolefin film (trade name: Zeonor) manufactured by Zeon Corporation was used.
  • Resin substrate-5 It was prepared by forming an acrylic resin into a film of 40 ⁇ m according to the description of Example 1 of the internationally published patent WO2006-112223 .
  • Inorganic substrate-1 A white transparent plate glass substrate manufactured by Kuzo Kawamura was used.
  • Inorganic substrate-2 A crystal substrate manufactured by Iwate Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. was used.
  • TAC film TAC film (TD-80U manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.) was used as a test target.
  • the film after immersion was stretched 5.0 times in an aqueous solution at 50 ° C. containing 30.0 g / l of boric acid for 5 minutes.
  • the obtained film was washed by immersing it in water at 25 ° C. for 20 seconds while maintaining its tension.
  • the washed film was dried at 70 ° C. for 9 minutes to obtain a polyvinyl alcohol film containing a boron compound.
  • a triacetyl cellulose film obtained by dissolving the obtained polyvinyl alcohol film containing a boron compound in water at 4% of polyvinyl alcohol (NH-26 manufactured by Nippon Vinegar Bi-Poval Co., Ltd.) as an adhesive and treating it with an alkali.
  • TAC film (TD-80 manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd., hereinafter abbreviated as TAC film) is laminated on one side, and each substrate is further laminated on the other side via the above-mentioned double-sided adhesive sheet, and the substrate / double-sided adhesive sheet.
  • a measurement sample was prepared with the composition of / polyvinyl alcohol film containing a boron compound / PVA adhesive layer / TAC film / double-sided adhesive sheet / glass.
  • Table 3 shows the test results of each substrate used for measuring the moisture permeability and the retention rate of the boron compound.
  • ⁇ Measurement of moisture permeability> Preparation of measurement sample having a resin substrate Resin substrate-1 Semi-bleached kraft paper (obtained from Totsuya Echo Co., Ltd.) coated with polyvinyl alcohol with a solid content concentration of 5% to a thickness of 1 ⁇ m, PET-30 (pentaerythritol triacrylate) 10 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • a composition for forming the resin substrate-1 was prepared by mixing 5 parts by weight of toluene, 5 parts by weight of toluene, and 0.6 parts by weight of 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone (Irgacure 184 manufactured by BASF).
  • the composition was coated on the semi-bleached kraft paper anchor-coated with polyvinyl alcohol so that the resin solid content after solvent volatilization had a thickness of 5 ⁇ m, and a measurement sample having the resin substrate-1 was prepared.
  • Resin substrate-2 10 parts by weight of PET-30 (pentaerythritol triacrylate) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., 5 parts by weight of PET-30 (pentaerythritol triacrylate) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and FA-511A (dicyclopentenyl acrylate) manufactured by Hitachi Kasei.
  • a measurement sample having the resin substrate-2 was prepared in the same manner except that the portion was replaced with 5 parts by weight.
  • Resin substrate-3 The resin substrate- 3 was prepared in the same manner except that 10 parts by weight of PET-30 (pentaerythritol triacrylate) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. was replaced with 10 parts by weight of PEG-400DA (polyethylene glycol diacrylate) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. A measurement sample having was prepared.
  • Resin substrate-4 A cycloolefin film (trade name: Zeonor) manufactured by Zeon Corporation was used as a measurement sample.
  • Resin substrate-5 A film prepared by forming a film of an acrylic resin to 40 ⁇ m according to the description of Example 1 of the international patent WO 2006-112223 was used as a measurement sample.
  • Inorganic substrate-1 The white transparent plate glass substrate manufactured by Kawamura Kuzo Co., Ltd. was designated as an inorganic substrate-1.
  • Inorganic substrate-2 The crystal substrate manufactured by Iwate Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. was designated as an inorganic substrate-2.
  • (2) Measurement of moisture permeability The moisture permeability of each substrate was measured using an L80-5000 type water vapor permeability meter (manufactured by System Instruments).
  • Table 4 below shows the measurement results of the moisture permeability of the substrate used in the examples of the present application.
  • ND indicates that it is below the lower limit of measurement.
  • the resin substrate-1 is provided on a triacetyl cellulose film (TD-80U manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd., hereinafter abbreviated as TAC film) so that the film thickness after formation is 5 ⁇ m, and the TAC film having the resin substrate-1 is provided.
  • TAC film triacetyl cellulose film
  • the TAC film having the resin substrate-1 was immersed in an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide having a pH of 11 for 10 minutes and then immersed in an aqueous solution having a pH of 6 for 1 minute.
  • the TAC surface of the TAC film having the resin substrate-1 obtained by the treatment and the polarizing element prepared by using the above [Compound Example 1-5] were combined with a 4% polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution (manufactured by Japan Vam & Poval). Adhesion was performed using NH-264 4% aqueous solution). Further, the TAC film subjected to only the saponification treatment was adhered using a 4% polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution so that the polarizing element was sandwiched between the TAC films.
  • a polarizing plate to be a polarizing element / adhesive layer / TAC film / adhesive layer / glass produced by using the resin substrate-1 / TAC film / adhesive layer / [Compound Example 1-5] was obtained.
  • Example 2 In Example 1, the resin substrate-1 was changed to the resin substrate-2 in the same manner as in Example 1, and the resin substrate-2 / TAC film / adhesive layer / [Compound Example 1-5]. A polarizing plate to be a polarizing element / adhesive layer / TAC film / adhesive layer / glass prepared by using the above was obtained.
  • Example 3 In Example 1 above, the cycloolefin film / is the same as in Example 1 except that the TAC film on which the resin substrate-1 is formed is changed to a cycloolefin film (Zeonor manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.) to which corona treatment is applied.
  • a polarizing plate to be a polarizing element / adhesive layer / TAC film / adhesive layer / glass produced by using the adhesive layer / [Compound Example 1-5] was obtained.
  • Example 4 The above-mentioned double-sided adhesive sheet was attached to both sides of the polarizing element using [Compound Example 1-5] used in Example 1, and glass was attached to one side and crystal was attached to one side. A polarizing plate to be a polarizing element / double-sided adhesive sheet / quartz prepared using the double-sided adhesive sheet / [Compound Example 1-5] was obtained.
  • Example 5 In the first embodiment, the TAC film on which the resin substrate-1 was formed was changed to the resin substrate-5 on which the easy-adhesive layer was formed, and the polarizing element using [Compound Example 1-5] was used in the above [Example 1]. Acrylic film / adhesive layer / polarizing element using [Compound Example 1-29] / adhesive layer / in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polarizing element was changed to the polarizing element produced using Compound Example 1-29]. A polarizing plate of Example 5 was obtained, which was a TAC film / adhesive layer / glass.
  • Example 6 In the second embodiment, the polarizing element produced by using [Compound Example 1-5] was changed to the polarizing element produced by using [Compound Example 1-29] in the same manner as in Example 2. A polarizing plate to be a polarizing element / adhesive layer / TAC film / adhesive layer / glass produced by using the resin substrate-2 / TAC film / adhesive layer / [Compound Example 1-29] was obtained.
  • Example 4 ⁇ Light resistance test> Regarding the polarizing plates produced in Example 4 and Comparative Example 1, a xenon arc tester (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd .; SX-75) was used at 150 W, an environmental temperature of 70 ° C., and an environmental humidity of 50%. From the side, Comparative Example 1 was subjected to a light irradiation test for 240 hours from the TAC film side. Changes in each optical characteristic of Ky (%), Kz (%), single transmittance (%), degree of polarization (%), and Rd at 950 nm before and after light irradiation were confirmed. The results are shown in Table 6.
  • Example 4 From the results in Table 6, in the light resistance test, in Example 4, the change at 950 nm was only changed from 0.1145% to 0.2615%, but in Comparative Example 1, it was 0.1132 to 5.2350%. It has changed a lot. The degree of polarization was also maintained at 99% or more in Example 4, while it decreased to 88.08% in Comparative Example 1. In the two-color ratio (Rd), in Example 4, 29.2 was only changed to 23.0, but in Comparative Example 1, it decreased from 30.1 to 15.4. From the above, it can be seen that the polarizing plate of Example 4 has high light resistance in the near infrared region.
  • the polarizing plate of the present application is a polarizing plate that can have a high degree of polarization in the infrared region or the visible region to the infrared region and has high durability.
  • the obtained polarizing plate has high light resistance even when exposed to strong light for a long time at high temperature and high humidity or high temperature. Therefore, the polarizing plate of the present application can be applied to sensors, lenses, switching elements, isolators, cameras, and in-vehicle devices such as indoor and outdoor measuring instruments and driver sensing modules, which require a high degree of polarization.
  • infrared panels and spatial infrared touch modules can be suitably used for devices that sense infrared rays, such as infrared panels and spatial infrared touch modules, and further conventional displays such as calculators, watches, laptop computers, word processors, LCD TVs, polarized lenses, polarized glasses, and cars.
  • infrared panels and spatial infrared touch modules can be suitably used for devices that sense infrared rays, such as infrared panels and spatial infrared touch modules, and further conventional displays such as calculators, watches, laptop computers, word processors, LCD TVs, polarized lenses, polarized glasses, and cars.
  • LCD TVs polarized lenses
  • polarized glasses polarized glasses

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)

Abstract

A polarizing plate which comprises a hydrophilic polymer film containing a near-infrared absorbing dye and a substrate that is provided on one surface or both surfaces of the film, wherein the substrate has at least one of the characteristics (a) and (b) described below. (a) If the hydrophilic polymer film contains a boron compound, the mass of the boron compound (in terms of boric acid) contained in the hydrophilic polymer film after exposing the polarizing plate to an environment at a relative humidity of 90%RH at 80°C for 1,000 hours is maintained at 20 or more if the mass thereof before exposure is taken as 100. (b) The moisture permeability of the substrate in an environment at a relative humidity of 90%RH at 40°C as determined by a water vapor permeability test in accordance with JIS Z 0208 is from 0 to 1,500 g/m2 in 24 hours.

Description

近赤外吸収染料を含む高耐久性染料系偏光板Highly durable dye-based polarizing plate containing near-infrared absorbing dye
 本発明は、近赤外吸収染料を含む染料系偏光板において、高温高湿環境下で高い耐久性を有し、特に高温高湿環境下で強い光に曝されても高い耐久性を有する偏光板に関する。 The present invention is a dye-based polarizing plate containing a near-infrared absorbing dye, which has high durability in a high temperature and high humidity environment, and particularly high durability even when exposed to strong light in a high temperature and high humidity environment. Regarding the board.
 光の透過・遮へい機能を有する偏光板は、光のスイッチング機能を有する液晶とともに液晶ディスプレイ(LCD)等の表示装置に用いられる。このLCDの適用分野は、市販初期の電卓、時計等の小型機器から、ノートパソコン、ワープロ、液晶プロジェクター、液晶テレビ、カーナビゲーション、及び屋内外の情報表示装置、計測機器等へと広がりつつある。偏光板はまた、偏光機能を有するレンズへの適用も可能であり、視認性の向上したサングラスや、近年では、3Dテレビなどに対応する偏光メガネなどへの応用がなされている。また、偏光板は、表示用途だけでなく、真偽判定用デバイスにおける精度向上や、CCDやCMOSなどのイメージセンサーにおける反射光カットによるシグナル/ノイズ比(S/N比)の向上という目的でも利用されている。 A polarizing plate having a light transmitting / shielding function is used for a display device such as a liquid crystal display (LCD) together with a liquid crystal having a light switching function. The fields of application of this LCD are expanding from small devices such as calculators and watches in the early stages of commercialization to notebook computers, word processors, liquid crystal projectors, liquid crystal televisions, car navigation systems, indoor and outdoor information display devices, measuring devices, and the like. The polarizing plate can also be applied to a lens having a polarizing function, and has been applied to sunglasses with improved visibility, and in recent years, polarized glasses compatible with 3D televisions and the like. In addition to display applications, polarizing plates are also used for the purpose of improving accuracy in authenticity determination devices and improving the signal / noise ratio (S / N ratio) by cutting reflected light in image sensors such as CCD and CMOS. Has been done.
 一般的な偏光板は、延伸配向したポリビニルアルコール又はその誘導体のフィルム、あるいはポリ塩化ビニルフィルムの脱塩酸又はポリビニルアルコール系フィルムの脱水によりポリエンを生成して配向させたポリエン系のフィルムなどの基材に、ヨウ素又は二色性染料を含有させて製造される。これらのうち、ヨウ素系偏光素子は、偏光性能には優れるものの、水および熱に対する耐性が低く、高温、高湿の状態で長時間使用する場合にはその耐久性に問題がある。一方、二色性染料を用いた染料系偏光素子はヨウ素系偏光素子に比べ、耐湿性および耐熱性に優れるものの、一般に偏光性能が十分でない。 A general polarizing plate is a base material such as a stretch-oriented film of polyvinyl alcohol or a derivative thereof, or a polyene-based film in which polyene is generated and oriented by dehydroxation of a polyvinyl chloride film or dehydration of a polyvinyl alcohol-based film. Is produced by containing iodine or a dichroic dye. Of these, the iodine-based polarizing element has excellent polarization performance, but has low resistance to water and heat, and has a problem in its durability when used for a long time in a high temperature and high humidity state. On the other hand, a dye-based polarizing element using a dichroic dye is superior in moisture resistance and heat resistance to an iodine-based polarizing element, but generally has insufficient polarization performance.
 近年では、タッチパネルなどに用いる動作を認識するための光源、防犯カメラ、センサー、偽造防止装置、通信機器等の用途において、可視領域で用いられる偏光板だけでなく、赤外領域で用いられる偏光板が求められている。そういった要望に対して、特許文献1ではヨウ素系偏光板をポリエン化した赤外偏光板が報告され、特許文献2及び3では、ワイヤーグリットを応用した赤外偏光板が報告されている。また、特許文献4では、微粒子を含むガラスを延伸した赤外偏光子が報告され、特許文献5及び6では、コレステリック液晶を用いた赤外偏光板が報告されている。
 しかし、特許文献1の赤外偏光板は耐久性、特に耐熱性、湿熱耐久性、および耐光性が低く実用化に至っていない。特許文献2及び3のワイヤグリッドタイプの赤外偏光板は、フィルム状に加工が可能であると同時に、耐熱性が高いために普及が進みつつある。しかしながら、この赤外偏光板は、表面にナノレベルの凹凸がないと光学特性を維持でないことから、表面に触れてはならず、表面に異物や水の微滴があってはならないため、これにより用途が制限される。また、この赤外偏光板は、反射防止や防呟(アンチグレア)加工をすることが難しい。特許文献4に記載する赤外偏光板は、高い耐久性を有し、高い二色性を有していることから実用化に至っている。しかしながら、微粒子を含みながら延伸されたガラスであるため、割れ易く、脆い。また、従来の偏光板のような柔軟性が無いために表面加工や他の基板との貼合が難しいという問題点もあった。特許文献5及び特許文献6に記載する赤外偏光板は、古くから知られている円偏光を用いた技術ではあるが、視認する角度によって色が変わってしまう。また、基本的に、反射を利用した偏光板であるため、迷光が発生し、絶対偏光光を形成させることが難しかった。
 このように、ヨウ素系偏光板のような吸収型偏光板において、フィルム状にでき柔軟性があり、且つ高い耐久性を有する赤外偏光板は無かった。これは、これまでに二色性染料として開発されてきた染料が可視領域用の染料であったことに起因する。そういった問題に対して、特許文献7では、赤外領域に吸収性を有する染料を含有するフィルムを延伸して、近赤外偏光板を得ることが開示されている。しかしながら、この赤外偏光板では、(近)赤外吸収染料が、耐湿性に劣り、(近)赤外線を吸収した際の発熱が大きいという問題を何ら取り扱うものではなかった。近年では、赤外偏光板でも、車載デバイスへの応用が期待されているため、高温高湿環境での高い耐久性、特に高温高湿環境で赤外線を照射しても高い耐久性を有することが要求され始めている。従って、このような要求に応え得る、高い耐久性有する赤外偏光板が望まれている。
In recent years, not only polarizing plates used in the visible region but also polarizing plates used in the infrared region have been used in applications such as light sources for recognizing operations used for touch panels, security cameras, sensors, anti-counterfeiting devices, and communication devices. Is required. In response to such a request, Patent Document 1 reports an infrared polarizing plate obtained by polyeneizing an iodine-based polarizing plate, and Patent Documents 2 and 3 report an infrared polarizing plate to which a wire grit is applied. Further, Patent Document 4 reports an infrared polarizing element obtained by stretching glass containing fine particles, and Patent Documents 5 and 6 report an infrared polarizing plate using a cholesteric liquid crystal.
However, the infrared polarizing plate of Patent Document 1 has low durability, particularly heat resistance, wet heat durability, and light resistance, and has not been put into practical use. The wire grid type infrared polarizing plates of Patent Documents 2 and 3 can be processed into a film and have high heat resistance, so that they are becoming widespread. However, since this infrared polarizing plate does not maintain its optical characteristics unless the surface has nano-level irregularities, it must not touch the surface and there must be no foreign matter or fine droplets of water on the surface. Limits its use. In addition, it is difficult for this infrared polarizing plate to be anti-reflective or anti-glare. The infrared polarizing plate described in Patent Document 4 has high durability and high dichroism, and has been put into practical use. However, since the glass is stretched while containing fine particles, it is easily broken and brittle. In addition, there is also a problem that it is difficult to process the surface or bond it to another substrate because it does not have the flexibility of a conventional polarizing plate. The infrared polarizing plates described in Patent Documents 5 and 6 are techniques using circularly polarized light, which have been known for a long time, but their colors change depending on the viewing angle. Further, since it is basically a polarizing plate using reflection, stray light is generated and it is difficult to form absolutely polarized light.
As described above, in the absorption type polarizing plate such as the iodine-based polarizing plate, there is no infrared polarizing plate which can be formed into a film, has flexibility, and has high durability. This is because the dyes that have been developed as dichroic dyes have been dyes for the visible region. In response to such a problem, Patent Document 7 discloses that a film containing a dye having absorbency in the infrared region is stretched to obtain a near-infrared polarizing plate. However, this infrared polarizing plate does not deal with the problem that the (near) infrared absorbing dye is inferior in moisture resistance and generates a large amount of heat when absorbing (near) infrared rays. In recent years, even infrared polarizing plates are expected to be applied to in-vehicle devices, so that they have high durability in a high temperature and high humidity environment, especially even when irradiated with infrared rays in a high temperature and high humidity environment. It is starting to be requested. Therefore, an infrared polarizing plate having high durability that can meet such a demand is desired.
米国特許出願公開2,494,686号明細書U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2,494,686 特開2016-148871号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2016-148871 特開2013-24982号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2013-24982 特開2004-86100号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-86100 国際公開2015/87709号International Publication 2015/87709 特許第5777463号公報Japanese Patent No. 5777463 国際公開2018/88558号International Publication No. 2018/88558 特許第5979728号公報Japanese Patent No. 5979728 国際公開2010/073649号International Release 2010/073649 特開昭59-11385号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 59-11385 国際公開2010/137332International release 2010/137332 国際公開2006/112223International release 2006/11223
 従って、本発明の目的は、近赤外吸収染料を含む染料系偏光板において、高温高湿環境下で高い耐久性を有し、特に高温高湿環境下で強い光に曝されても高い耐久性を有する偏光板を提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is that a dye-based polarizing plate containing a near-infrared absorbing dye has high durability in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, and particularly high durability even when exposed to strong light in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment. It is an object of the present invention to provide a polarizing plate having a property.
 本発明者らは、かかる目的を達成すべく鋭意研究を進めた結果、近赤外吸収染料を含有する親水性高分子フィルムと、該親水性高分子フィルムの片面又は両面に設けられる基板とを含む、染料系偏光板において、該基板が、高温高湿の環境下で親水性高分子フィルム中のホウ素化合物の量を一定レベル以上で維持させることができる、且つ/又は所定の透湿度試験で高温高湿の環境下で透湿度が一定以下である、という特性を具備することにより、高い耐久性を有する偏光板が得られることを新規に見出した。 As a result of diligent research to achieve such an object, the present inventors have obtained a hydrophilic polymer film containing a near-infrared absorbing dye and a substrate provided on one side or both sides of the hydrophilic polymer film. In the dye-based polarizing plate including, the substrate can maintain the amount of the boron compound in the hydrophilic polymer film at a certain level or higher in a high temperature and high humidity environment, and / or in a predetermined moisture permeability test. It has been newly found that a polarizing plate having high durability can be obtained by having a characteristic that the moisture permeability is below a certain level in a high temperature and high humidity environment.
 すなわち、本発明は、下記偏光板、並びにこれを備える光学装置及び表示装置に関する。
[1]近赤外吸収染料を含有する親水性高分子フィルムからなる偏光素子と、該フィルムの片面又は両面に設けられる基板とを含む偏光板であって、
 該基板が、少なくとも下記a)及びb)のいずれかの特性を有する、偏光板:
 a)該親水性高分子フィルムがホウ素化合物を含む場合、該偏光板を、相対湿度90%RH、80℃の環境下、1000時間暴露した後の、該親水性高分子フィルム中に含まれるホウ素化合物の質量を、該暴露前を100とした場合、20以上に保持する、
 b)該基板のJIS Z 0208 透湿度試験に基づく相対湿度90%RH、40℃の環境での水分透湿度が、24時間で0~1500g/mである。
That is, the present invention relates to the following polarizing plate, and an optical device and a display device including the following polarizing plate.
[1] A polarizing plate including a polarizing element made of a hydrophilic polymer film containing a near-infrared absorbing dye and a substrate provided on one side or both sides of the film.
A polarizing plate: the substrate having at least one of the following characteristics a) and b):
a) When the hydrophilic polymer film contains a boron compound, the boron contained in the hydrophilic polymer film after the polarizing plate is exposed to the polarizing plate in an environment of 90% RH and 80 ° C. for 1000 hours. When the mass of the compound is 100 before the exposure, it is maintained at 20 or more.
b) The moisture permeability of the substrate in an environment of 90% RH relative humidity and 40 ° C. based on the JIS Z 0208 moisture permeability test is 0 to 1500 g / m 2 in 24 hours.
[2]前記基板の少なくとも1つは、b)の特性を有する樹脂製の基板である、[1]に記載の偏光板。
[3]前記親水性高分子フィルムの両面に基板を備え、前記樹脂製の基板と反対側に、b)の特性を有する無機基板又は樹脂製基板を備える、[2]に記載の偏光板。
[2] The polarizing plate according to [1], wherein at least one of the substrates is a resin substrate having the characteristics of b).
[3] The polarizing plate according to [2], wherein substrates are provided on both sides of the hydrophilic polymer film, and an inorganic substrate or a resin substrate having the characteristics of b) is provided on the opposite side of the resin substrate.
[4]前記親水性高分子フィルムが、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂、アミロース系樹脂、デンプン系樹脂、セルロース系樹脂、ポリアクリル酸塩系樹脂、及びそれら誘導体からなる群から選択される樹脂で構成され、ホウ素化合物を含有する、[1]~[3]の何れかに記載の偏光板。 [4] The hydrophilic polymer film is composed of a resin selected from the group consisting of polyvinyl alcohol-based resins, amylose-based resins, starch-based resins, cellulosic resins, polyacrylate-based resins, and derivatives thereof. The polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [3], which contains a boron compound.
[5]前記樹脂製基板が、シリコン系樹脂、(メタ)アクリル系樹脂、シクロオレフィン系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、及びポリカーボネート樹脂からなる群から選択される1種以上の樹脂を含む、[2]~[4]の何れかに記載の偏光板。 [5] The resin substrate contains one or more resins selected from the group consisting of silicon-based resins, (meth) acrylic-based resins, cycloolefin-based resins, polyester-based resins, and polycarbonate resins [2]. The polarizing plate according to any one of [4].
[6]前記樹脂製基板が、分子内に(メタ)アクリロイル基を3つ以上有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含む重合性モノマー組成物を重合して得られるフィルムを含む、[2]~[5]の何れかに記載の偏光板。
[7]前記(メタ)アクリレート化合物が、ペンタエリスリトール骨格、ネオペンチルグリコール骨格、トリメチロールプロパン骨格、及びジシクロペンタジエン骨格からなる群から選択されるいずれかの骨格を有する、[6]に記載の偏光板。
[6] The resin substrate contains a film obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer composition containing a (meth) acrylate compound having three or more (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule [2] to [5]. ] The polarizing plate according to any one of.
[7] The skeleton according to [6], wherein the (meth) acrylate compound has any skeleton selected from the group consisting of a pentaerythritol skeleton, a neopentyl glycol skeleton, a trimethylolpropane skeleton, and a dicyclopentadiene skeleton. Polarizer.
[8]前記(メタ)アクリレート化合物を、固形分濃度で重合性モノマー組成物の全モノマー中15質量%以上する、[6]又は[7]に記載の偏光板。
[9]上記無機基板が、ガラス、石英、サファイヤ、水晶、及びスピネルのいずれかを含む、[3]~[8]の何れかに記載の偏光板。
[10]前記樹脂製基板の厚みが0.5μm~10μmである、[2]~[9]の何れかに記載の偏光板。
[8] The polarizing plate according to [6] or [7], wherein the (meth) acrylate compound is contained in an amount of 15% by mass or more based on the solid content concentration of all the monomers of the polymerizable monomer composition.
[9] The polarizing plate according to any one of [3] to [8], wherein the inorganic substrate contains any of glass, quartz, sapphire, crystal, and spinel.
[10] The polarizing plate according to any one of [2] to [9], wherein the thickness of the resin substrate is 0.5 μm to 10 μm.
[11]前記親水性高分子フィルムが、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂又はその誘導体を含む、[4]~[10]のいずれかに記載の偏光板。 [11] The polarizing plate according to any one of [4] to [10], wherein the hydrophilic polymer film contains a polyvinyl alcohol resin or a derivative thereof.
[12]前記近赤外吸収染料が、下記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物である、[1]~[11]のいずれかに記載の偏光板。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

(式(1)中、Aは、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基、置換基を有してもよいナフチル基又は置換基を有してもよい複素環基であり、A、A及びAは、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又は置換基を有してもよいナフチル基であり、kは、0または1の整数を表す。Rは、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基又は置換若しくは非置換のアミノ基であり、mは、0~5の整数を表す。Mは、水素、金属イオン又はアンモニウムイオンを表し、nは、1~2の整数を表す。環a及び環bの水素原子は、それぞれ独立に、置換基Rで置換されていてもよく、環a及び環bの何れか一方又は両方の水素原子は、置換基SOMで置換されていている。)
[12] The polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [11], wherein the near-infrared absorbing dye is an azo compound represented by the following formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

(In the formula (1), A 1 is a phenyl group which may have a substituent, a naphthyl group which may have a substituent or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and A 2 ,. A 3 and A 4 are independently phenyl groups which may have a substituent or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent, and k represents an integer of 0 or 1. R 1 represents an integer of 0 or 1. A hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, m represents an integer of 0 to 5, M represents a hydrogen, a metal ion or an ammonium ion, and n is 1. of ~ 2 represents an integer. hydrogen atoms of the ring a and ring b are each independently may be substituted with a substituent R 1, either or both hydrogen atoms of the ring a and ring b is substituted It has been replaced by the group SO 3 M.)
[13]上記式(1)における、A、A及びAは、それぞれ独立に、下記式(2)又は式(3)で表され、A、A及びAの少なくとも1つは式(2)で表される、[12]に記載の偏光板。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

(式(2)中、Rは、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、置換若しくは非置換のアミノ基又はスルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、mは0~6の整数を表す。Mは、水素、金属イオン又はアンモニウムイオンを表し、nは0~2の整数を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

(式(3)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基又はスルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表す。)
[13] A 2 , A 3 and A 4 in the above formula (1) are independently represented by the following formula (2) or formula (3), and at least one of A 2 , A 3 and A 4 Is the polarizing plate according to [12], which is represented by the formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

In the formula (2), R 2 is a carbon substituted with a hydroxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group or a sulfo group. It represents an alkoxy group of the number 1 to 4, m 2 represents an integer of 0 to 6. M represents a hydrogen, metal ion or ammonium ion, and n 3 represents an integer of 0 to 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

In the formula (3), R 3 and R 4 are independently substituted with a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a hydroxy group, respectively. Represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 or a sulfo group.)
[14]上記式(1)のアゾ化合物が、下記式(4)で示される化合物である、[12]又は[13]に記載の偏光板。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

(式(4)中、A、A、A、A、M、n及びkはそれぞれ上記式(1)と同じである。また、環a及び環bの一方又は両方の水素原子は、置換基SOMで置換されている。)
[15]上記式(1)又は(4)におけるAが、ヒドロキシ基、スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基及びスルホ基からなる群から選択される1つ以上の置換基で置換されたナフチル基である、[12]~[14]のいずれかに記載の偏光板。
[14] The polarizing plate according to [12] or [13], wherein the azo compound of the above formula (1) is a compound represented by the following formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

(In the formula (4), A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , M, n and k are the same as those in the above formula (1), respectively. Also, one or both hydrogen atoms of the ring a and the ring b are used. Is substituted with the substituent SO 3 M.)
[15] A 1 in formula (1) or (4), hydroxy group, one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy group and sulfo group having a carbon number of 1 to 4 sulfo groups The polarizing plate according to any one of [12] to [14], which is a naphthyl group substituted with.
[16]上記式(1)又は(4)において、Aが、下記式(5)で表される、[12]~[14]のいずれかに記載の偏光板。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

(式(5)中、nは1~2の整数を表す。)
[17]上記式(1)又は(4)におけるAが、ニトロ基及びスルホ基から選択される少なくとも1つの置換基で置換されたフェニル基である、[12]~[14]のいずれかに記載の偏光板。
[18]上記式(1)又は(4)のAにおける置換基を有してもよい複素環基が(6)~(8)で表される基からなる群から選択される基である、[12]~[14]のいずれかに記載の偏光板。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

(式(6)~(8)中のXは、それぞれ独立に、ハロゲン基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、カルボキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はカルボキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、qは0~4の整数を表し、qは0~6の整数を表す。Mは、水素、金属イオン、又はアンモニウムイオンを表し、n及びnは、それぞれ独立に、0~3の整数を表す。各式中*は、アゾ結合との接合位置を表す。)
In [16] the above formula (1) or (4), A 1 is represented by the following formula (5), [12] The polarizing plate according to any one of - [14].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

(In equation (5), n 4 represents an integer of 1 to 2.)
[17] Any of [12] to [14], wherein A 1 in the above formula (1) or (4) is a phenyl group substituted with at least one substituent selected from a nitro group and a sulfo group. The polarizing plate according to.
[18] is a radical selected from the group consisting of groups above formula (1) or the heterocyclic group which may have a substituent at A 1 in (4) is represented by (6) - (8) , [12] to [14].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

(X in formulas (6) to (8) is independently a halogen group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a sulfo group. An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a hydroxy group, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a carboxy group. A group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a hydroxy group, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a carboxy group. q 1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, q 2 represents an integer of 0 to 6. M represents a hydrogen, metal ion, or ammonium ion, and n 1 and n 2 are independent of 0 to 3, respectively. In each formula, * represents the bonding position with the azo bond.)
[19]少なくとも700~1500nmに、偏光した光に対して最も高い透過率を示す軸の吸光度と偏光した光に対して最も低い透過率を示す軸の吸光度との吸光度の比が、5以上である、波長域を有する、[1]~[18]のいずれかに記載の偏光板。
[20]上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物以外の有機染料の1種類以上をさらに含む、[12]~[19]のいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。
[21]ニュートラルグレーを示す[20]に記載の偏光板。
[19] At least at least 700 to 1500 nm, the ratio of the absorbance of the axis showing the highest transmittance for polarized light to the absorbance of the axis showing the lowest transmittance for polarized light is 5 or more. The polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [18], which has a certain wavelength range.
[20] The polarizing plate according to any one of [12] to [19], further containing one or more organic dyes other than the azo compound represented by the above formula (1).
[21] The polarizing plate according to [20], which shows neutral gray.
[22][1]~[21]のいずれかに記載の偏光板を備える、光学装置。
[23][1]~[21]のいずれかに記載の偏光板、又は[22]に記載の光学装置を備える、表示装置。
[22] An optical device comprising the polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [21].
[23] A display device including the polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [21] or the optical device according to [22].
 上記偏光板及び装置は、近赤外吸収染料を含有するにも拘らず、高温高湿環境下でも高い耐久性を有し、特に高温高湿環境下で強い光、特に赤外線に曝されても高い耐久性を有する。 Despite containing a near-infrared absorbing dye, the above-mentioned polarizing plate and apparatus have high durability even in a high temperature and high humidity environment, and even when exposed to strong light, especially infrared rays, particularly in a high temperature and high humidity environment. Has high durability.
 以下、本発明を、その実施形態によって詳細に説明する。ただし、本発明は以下の実施形態に制限されるものではない。
 本発明の実施形態による偏光板は、近赤外吸収染料を含有する親水性高分子フィルムと基板とを含む、染料系偏光板において、当該親水性高分子フィルムに、特定の特性を有する基板が積層されていることで、高温高湿の環境下で高い耐久性を有することを特徴とする。
 以下、各構成要素について説明する。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail according to an embodiment thereof. However, the present invention is not limited to the following embodiments.
The polarizing plate according to the embodiment of the present invention is a dye-based polarizing plate including a hydrophilic polymer film containing a near-infrared absorbing dye and a substrate, wherein the hydrophilic polymer film has a substrate having specific characteristics. By being laminated, it is characterized by having high durability in a high temperature and high humidity environment.
Hereinafter, each component will be described.
(近赤外吸収染料)
 一般的に、赤外領域(赤外波長域または赤外領域波長域ということもある)とは、700nm~3000nmの波長領域を指し、近赤外領域とは700nm~1500nmの波長領域を指すが、本発明の実施形態による偏光板は、近赤外吸収染料を含み、近赤外領域で偏光機能を発揮する。したがって、本発明の実施形態による偏光板は、700nm~1500nmの波長領域で偏光機能を有するが、好ましくは700nm~1300nmの波長領域で偏光機能を発揮し、より好ましくは750nm~1200nmの波長領域で偏光機能を発揮する。吸収の異方性である二色比は、5以上あればセンサー等で用いることができるが、好ましくは10以上、より好ましくは20以上、さらに好ましくは30以上、特に好ましくは40以上である。具体的には、単体透過率が30%とすると、二色比5では、偏光度が88.2%と約90%の偏光度を示し、二色比10で、偏光度は98.3%と約99%の偏光度を示す。
(Near infrared absorption dye)
In general, the infrared region (sometimes referred to as an infrared wavelength region or an infrared region wavelength region) refers to a wavelength region of 700 nm to 3000 nm, and a near infrared region refers to a wavelength region of 700 nm to 1500 nm. The polarizing plate according to the embodiment of the present invention contains a near-infrared absorbing dye and exhibits a polarization function in the near-infrared region. Therefore, the polarizing plate according to the embodiment of the present invention has a polarization function in a wavelength region of 700 nm to 1500 nm, but preferably exhibits a polarization function in a wavelength region of 700 nm to 1300 nm, and more preferably in a wavelength region of 750 nm to 1200 nm. Demonstrates the polarization function. The two-color ratio, which is anisotropy of absorption, can be used in a sensor or the like as long as it is 5 or more, but is preferably 10 or more, more preferably 20 or more, still more preferably 30 or more, and particularly preferably 40 or more. Specifically, assuming that the single transmittance is 30%, the polarization degree is 88.2% and the polarization degree is about 90% at the two-color ratio 5, and the polarization degree is 98.3% at the two-color ratio 10. And shows a degree of polarization of about 99%.
 本発明の実施形態で用いる近赤外吸収染料としては、例えば、フタロシアニン系、ナフタロシアニン系、金属錯体系、ホウ素錯体系、シアニン系、スクアリリウム系、ジイモニウム系、ジフェニルアミン・トリフェニルアミン類系、キノン系、及びアゾ系の染料が挙げられる。一般的にこれらの染料は、既存のπ共役系を拡張することによって吸収波長を長波長化させており、その構造により多種多様な吸収波長を示す。また、その多くは、疎水性染料や顔料の形態をとるが、水溶性化することにより親水性染料として利用しているものもある。本発明の好ましい実施形態では、近赤外吸収染料として、アゾ系近赤外吸収染料が用いられる。なお、本明細書において、近赤外吸収染料を、単に、染料と略して記載することがある。 Examples of the near-infrared absorbing dye used in the embodiment of the present invention include phthalocyanine type, naphthalocyanine type, metal complex type, boron complex type, cyanine type, squarylium type, diimonium type, diphenylamine / triphenylamine type, and quinone. Examples include system and azo dyes. In general, these dyes extend the absorption wavelength by extending the existing π-conjugated system, and exhibit a wide variety of absorption wavelengths due to their structure. Most of them take the form of hydrophobic dyes and pigments, but some are used as hydrophilic dyes by making them water-soluble. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, an azo-based near-infrared absorbing dye is used as the near-infrared absorbing dye. In addition, in this specification, a near infrared absorption dye may be simply abbreviated as a dye.
 上記近赤外吸収染料は、遊離形態であっても、塩の形態であってもよい。従って、本願明細書における近赤外吸収染料には、両方の形態が含まれる。塩としては、例えば、リチウム塩、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩等のアルカリ金属塩;及びアンモニウム塩、アルキルアミン塩等の有機塩が挙げられ、ナトリウム塩が好ましい。 The near-infrared absorbing dye may be in the free form or in the salt form. Therefore, the near-infrared absorbing dyes herein include both forms. Examples of the salt include alkali metal salts such as lithium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt; and organic salts such as ammonium salt and alkylamine salt, and sodium salt is preferable.
 一般的なアゾ系染料は可視領域の光を吸収し、水溶性インクが主な用途である。しかし、吸収を広帯域化することにより、近赤外領域まで吸収可能となった近赤外吸収染料が市販されており、これらも用いることができる。例えば、特許文献8には、黒色インク作製の目的でC.I.Acid Black 2(オリヱント化学工業社製)、C.I.Direct Black 19(アルドリッチ工業社製)を使用する例が記載されているが、これらの染料を使用することもできる。また、これらアゾ系染料は金属と錯形成させることもでき、これら錯体を使用することもできる。錯体としては、下記式(9)の化合物を挙げることができる。 General azo dyes absorb light in the visible region, and water-soluble inks are the main use. However, near-infrared absorbing dyes that can absorb up to the near-infrared region by widening the absorption band are commercially available, and these can also be used. For example, Patent Document 8 describes C.I. for the purpose of producing black ink. I. Acid Black 2 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), C.I. I. An example of using Direct Black 19 (manufactured by Aldrich Industries, Ltd.) is described, but these dyes can also be used. Further, these azo dyes can be complexed with a metal, and these complexes can also be used. Examples of the complex include compounds of the following formula (9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

 式中、Mzは中心金属を示し、金属種としてはコバルト、ニッケル等が例示される。また、式中、Az及びBzは、それぞれ独立に、フェニル基又はナフチル基等の芳香族環を示す。このような錯体からなる染料の具体例としては、特許文献10に記載の近赤外線吸収剤が例示される。特許文献10の内容は、参照により本願に組み込む。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

In the formula, Mz indicates a central metal, and examples of the metal species include cobalt and nickel. Further, in the formula, Az and Bz each independently represent an aromatic ring such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. Specific examples of the dye composed of such a complex include the near-infrared absorber described in Patent Document 10. The contents of Patent Document 10 are incorporated herein by reference.
 近赤外吸収染料としては、水溶性アゾ化合物が好ましく、下記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物が特に好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
As the near-infrared absorbing dye, a water-soluble azo compound is preferable, and an azo compound represented by the following formula (1) is particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 上記式(1)中、Aは、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基、置換基を有してもよいナフチル基又は置換基を有してもよい複素環基であり、A、A、及びAは、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又は置換基を有してもよいナフチル基であり、kは、0又は1の整数を表す。Rは、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基又は置換若しくは非置換のアミノ基であり、mは0~5の整数を表す。Mは、水素、金属イオン、又はアンモニウムイオンを表し、nは、1又は2の整数を表す。環a及び環bの水素原子は、それぞれ独立に、置換基Rで置換されていてもよく、環a及び環bのいずれか一方又は両方の水素原子は、置換基SOMで置換されている。 In the above formula (1), A 1 is a phenyl group which may have a substituent, a naphthyl group which may have a substituent or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and A 2 ,. A 3 and A 4 are independently phenyl groups which may have a substituent or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent, and k represents an integer of 0 or 1. R 1 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, and m represents an integer of 0 to 5. M represents hydrogen, metal ion, or ammonium ion, and n represents an integer of 1 or 2. Hydrogen atoms of the ring a and ring b are each independently may be substituted with a substituent R 1, either one or both hydrogen atoms of the ring a and ring b is substituted with a substituent SO 3 M ing.
 Aにおける、「置換基を有してもよいフェニル基」、「置換基を有してもよいナフチル基」及び「置換基を有してもよい複素環基」における、「置換基」としては、特に限定はないが、例えば、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、置換または非置換のアミノ基、アミド基等が挙げられる。 In A 1, in the "optionally substituted phenyl group", "optionally substituted naphthyl group" and "optionally substituted heterocyclic group", "substituent" Is not particularly limited, but is, for example, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a sulfo group. Substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, aryloxy group which may have a substituent, hydroxy group, sulfo group, carboxy group, nitro group, halogen atom, substituted or unsubstituted amino group, amide group, etc. Can be mentioned.
 上記「置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基」としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基等の直鎖の脂肪族炭化水素基、イソプロピル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基等の分岐鎖の脂肪族炭化水素基、シクロブチル基等の環状の脂肪族炭化水素基などが挙げられ、これら置換基は、例えば、ヒドロキシ基、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、置換若しくは非置換のアミノ基(後述する)、又はアミド基で置換されてもよい。 Examples of the above-mentioned "aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent" include linear aliphatic carbides such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group and an n-butyl group. Examples thereof include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a branched chain such as a hydrogen group, an isopropyl group, a sec-butyl group and a tert-butyl group, and a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group such as a cyclobutyl group. These substituents include, for example, hydroxy. It may be substituted with a group, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group (described later), or an amide group.
 上記「置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基」としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、sec-ブトキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基、シクロブトキシ基等が挙げられ、これら置換基は、例えば、ヒドロキシ基、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、置換若しくは非置換のアミノ基(後述する)、又はアミド基で置換されてもよい。 Examples of the above-mentioned "alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent" include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a sec-butoxy group and a tert. -Butoxy group, cyclobutoxy group and the like can be mentioned, and these substituents may be substituted with, for example, a hydroxy group, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group (described later), or an amide group.
 上記「スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基」としては、例えば、スルホメトキシ基、スルホエトキシ基、3-スルホプロポキシ基、4-スルホブトキシ基、3-スルホブトキシ基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the above-mentioned "alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group" include a sulfomethoxy group, a sulfoethoxy group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group, a 4-sulfobutoxy group, a 3-sulfobutoxy group and the like. Be done.
 上記「置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基」としては、例えば、5員若しくは6員単環式アリールオキシ又は11員乃至14員縮合二環式アリールオキシ等が挙げられ、より具体的にはフェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基等が挙げられる。「置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基」における「置換基」としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、上記置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基が挙げられる。 Examples of the above-mentioned "aryloxy group which may have a substituent" include 5-membered or 6-membered monocyclic aryloxy or 11- to 14-membered condensed bicyclic aryloxy, and more specifically. Examples include a phenoxy group and a naphthoxy group. The "substituent" in the "aryloxy group which may have a substituent" is not particularly limited, and for example, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have the above-mentioned substituent is used. Can be mentioned.
 上記「ハロゲン原子」としては、例えば、塩素原子、臭素原子等が挙げられる。 Examples of the above-mentioned "halogen atom" include a chlorine atom and a bromine atom.
 上記「置換または非置換のアミノ基」としては、例えば、非置換アミノ基;メチルアミノ基、エチルアミノ基、n-プロピルアミノ基、n-ブチルアミノ基等のモノC1-4アルキルアミノ基、モノフェニルアミノ基、モノナフチルアミノ基等のモノアリールアミノ基(5員若しくは6員単環式アリールアミノ基又は11員乃至14員縮合二環式アリールアミノ基)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは、式:R-CO-NH-のアシルアミノ基(式中、Rは、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基である))などのモノ置換アミノ基;並びにジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、N-エチル-N-メチルアミノ基等のジC1-4アルキルアミノ基、ジフェニルアミノ基等のジアリールアミノ基(5員若しくは6員単環式アリール及び11員乃至14員縮合二環式アリールから選択される2つのアリールで置換されたアミノ基)、N-エチル-N-フェニルアミノ基等のC1-4アルキル及び5員若しくは6員単環式アリール又は11員乃至14員縮合二環式アリールで置換したアミノ基などのジ置換アミノ基が挙げられる。 Examples of the above-mentioned "substituted or unsubstituted amino group" include an unsubstituted amino group; a mono-C 1-4 alkylamino group such as a methylamino group, an ethylamino group, an n-propylamino group and an n-butylamino group. Monoarylamino groups such as monophenylamino groups and mononaphthylamino groups (5- or 6-membered monocyclic arylamino groups or 11- to 14-membered fused bicyclic arylamino groups), acylamino groups (preferably the formula: Mono-substituted amino groups such as the acylamino group of R-CO-NH- (in the formula, R is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); as well as a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, an N-ethyl- DiC 1-4 alkylamino group such as N-methylamino group, diarylamino group such as diphenylamino group (5 or 6 member monocyclic aryl and 11 to 14 member fused bicyclic aryl) selected from 2 Amino group substituted with one aryl), C 1-4 alkyl such as N-ethyl-N-phenylamino group and 5- or 6-membered monocyclic aryl or 11- to 14-membered fused bicyclic aryl Examples thereof include a di-substituted amino group such as an amino group.
 Aにおける「置換基を有してもよいフェニル基」の「置換基」は、より好ましくは、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、非置換アミノ基、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素で置換されたアミノ基、式:R-CO-NH-のアシルアミノ基(式中Rは、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基である)、及び式:C(=O)?NRのアミド基(式中Rは、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基であり、は、それぞれ独立して、水素又は炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基である)からなる群から選択される1以上の置換基である。当該「置換基」は、さらに好ましくは、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、塩素原子、臭素原子、ニトロ基、非置換アミノ基、3-スルホプロポキシ基、4-スルホブトキシ基、又は3-スルホブトキシ基である。 The "substituent" of the "phenyl group which may have a substituent" in A 1 is more preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group. An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a nitro group, an unsubstituted amino group, an amino group substituted with an aliphatic hydrocarbon having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, the formula. : R-CO-NH-acylamino group (R is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), and formula: C (= O)? NR 1 R 2 amide group (in the formula). R is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and each is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms). It is a substituent. The "substituent" is more preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a nitro group, an unsubstituted amino group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group, a 4-sulfobutoxy group, or a 3-sulfo. It is a butoxy group.
 該フェニル基が置換基を2つ以上有する場合は、それら置換基の少なくとも1つがスルホ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、又はスルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、他の置換基が、スルホ基、ニトロ基、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、アミノ基、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素で置換されたアミノ基、又は炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素置換アシルアミノ基であることが好ましい。他の置換基は、より好ましくは、スルホ基、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、2-スルホエトキシ基、3-スルホプロポキシ基、4-スルホブトキシ基、塩素原子、ニトロ基、又はアミノ基であり、さらに好ましくはスルホ基、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基、メチル基、メトキシ基、2-スルホエトキシ基、3-スルホプロポキシ基、又は4-スルホブトキシ基であり、特に好ましくはスルホ基、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基、メチル基、メトキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、3-スルホプロポキシ基、又は4-スルホブトキシ基である。 When the phenyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group, a nitro group, a carboxy group, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group, and the other Substituents are a sulfo group, a nitro group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group, a carboxy group, and a halogen. It is preferably an atomic, nitro group, amino group, an amino group substituted with an aliphatic hydrocarbon having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon substituted acylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Other substituents are more preferably sulfo group, methyl group, ethyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, carboxy group, hydroxy group, 2-sulfoethoxy group, 3-sulfopropoxy group, 4-sulfobutoxy group, chlorine. It is an atomic, nitro group, or amino group, more preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a nitro group, a methyl group, a methoxy group, a 2-sulfoethoxy group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group, or a 4-sulfobutoxy group. Particularly preferred are sulfo groups, carboxy groups, nitro groups, methyl groups, methoxy groups, hydroxy groups, 3-sulfopropoxy groups, or 4-sulfobutoxy groups.
 Aにおける「置換基を有してもよいフェニル基」の「置換基」の位置は、特に限定されないが、好ましくは、2位のみ、4位のみ、2位及び6位、2位及び4位、又は3位及び5位が好ましく、2位のみ、4位のみ、2位及び4位、又は3位及び5位が特に好ましい。なお、2位のみ、4位のみとは、2位又は4位のみに水素原子以外の置換基を1つ有することを表す。
 Aにおける「置換基を有してもよいフェニル基」の好ましい置換基とその位置の組合としては、アゾ結合を1位とした場合、2位にスルホ基、4位にニトロ基を有するフェニル基、又は3位と5位にそれぞれカルボキシ基を有するフェニル基が挙げられる。
The position of the "substituent" of the "phenyl group which may have a substituent" in A 1 is not particularly limited, but preferably only the 2-position, the 4-position, the 2-position, the 6-position, the 2-position and the 4-position. The ranks, or 3rd and 5th positions are preferable, and only the 2nd place, 4th place only, 2nd and 4th places, or 3rd and 5th places are particularly preferable. Note that only the 2-position and the 4-position mean that only the 2-position or the 4-position has one substituent other than a hydrogen atom.
As a combination of the preferred substituent and its position of the "phenyl group which may have a substituent" in A 1, phenyl having a sulfo group at the 2-position and a nitro group at the 4-position when the azo bond is at the 1-position. Examples thereof include a group or a phenyl group having a carboxy group at the 3- and 5-positions, respectively.
 Aにおける「置換基を有してもよいナフチル基」の「置換基」としては、ヒドロキシ基、スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基及びスルホ基からなる群から選択される置換基が好ましく、スルホ基、3-スルホプロポキシ基、4-スルホブトキシ基又はヒドロキシ基がさらに好ましい。アゾ基の置換位置を1位とした場合、反時計まわりに8位がヒドロキシ基で置換されているナフチル基がより好ましく、更に任意の位置がスルホ基で置換されている下記式(5)で示されるナフチル基が特に好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

(式(5)中、nは1~2の整数を表し、1が好ましい。)
The "substituent" of the "naphthyl group which may have a substituent" in A 1 is selected from the group consisting of an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a hydroxy group and a sulfo group and a sulfo group. Substituents are preferred, with sulfo groups, 3-sulfopropoxy groups, 4-sulfobutoxy groups or hydroxy groups being even more preferred. When the substitution position of the azo group is set to the 1-position, a naphthyl group in which the 8-position is substituted with a hydroxy group in the counterclockwise direction is more preferable, and further, an arbitrary position is substituted with a sulfo group according to the following formula (5). The naphthyl groups shown are particularly preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

(In equation (5), n 4 represents an integer of 1 to 2, and 1 is preferable.)
 Aにおける「置換基を有してもよい複素環基」としては、例えば、置換基を有してもよいチアゾール基、オキサゾール基、イミダゾール基、チオフェン基、フラン基、ピロール基、チアジアゾール基、ピラゾール基、ピリジル基、ピペラジニル基、キノリル基、ベンゾイミダゾール基、ナフトイミダゾール基、ベンゾチアゾール基、ナフトチアゾール基、ベンゾチアジアゾール基等が挙げられ、置換基を有してもよいベンゾチアゾール基又はナフトチアゾール基が好ましい。
 上記「置換基を有してもよい複素環基」における「置換基」としては、特に制限はないが、好ましくは、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、カルボキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、及びカルボキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基が挙げられ、より好ましくは、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基又はスルホ基である。
Examples of the "heterocyclic group which may have a substituent" in A 1 include a thiazole group, an oxazole group, an imidazole group, a thiophene group, a furan group, a pyrrole group and a thiadiazol group which may have a substituent. Examples thereof include a pyrazole group, a pyridyl group, a piperazinyl group, a quinolyl group, a benzoimidazole group, a naphthoimidazole group, a benzothiazole group, a naphthothiazole group, a benzothiasiazol group and the like, and a benzothiazole group or a naphthiazole group which may have a substituent. Groups are preferred.
The "substituent" in the above-mentioned "heterocyclic group which may have a substituent" is not particularly limited, but is preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, and 1 to 1 to carbon atoms. An aliphatic hydrocarbon group of 4, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a hydroxy group. An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a hydrogen group and a carboxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a hydroxy group. , And an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a carboxy group, more preferably a hydroxy group, a carboxy group or a sulfo group.
 このような複素環基としては、特に下記式(6)~(8)で表される基からなる群から選択される基が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

(式(6)~(8)中のXは、それぞれ独立に、ハロゲン基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、カルボキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基又はカルボキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、好ましくはスルホ基、カルボキシ基又はヒドロキシ基であり、qは0~4の整数を表し、好ましくは0又は1を表し、qは0~6の整数を表し、好ましくは0又は1を表す。Mは、水素、金属イオン又はアンモニウムイオンを表し、n及びnは、それぞれ独立して、0~3の整数を表し、好ましくは0又は1を表す。各式中*は、アゾ結合との接合位置を表す。)
As such a heterocyclic group, a group selected from the group consisting of the groups represented by the following formulas (6) to (8) is particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

(X in formulas (6) to (8) is independently a halogen group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. , An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a hydroxy group, and a fat having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a carboxy group. A group hydrocarbon group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a hydroxy group, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a carboxy group. Yes, preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group or a hydroxy group, q 1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably represents 0 or 1, and q 2 represents an integer of 0 to 6, preferably 0 or 1. M represents a hydrogen, a metal ion or an ammonium ion, and n 1 and n 2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1. In each formula, * represents. Indicates the bonding position with the azo bond.)
 上記式(1)における、A、A及びAは、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又は置換基を有してもよいナフチル基である。「置換基を有してもよいフェニル基」又は「置換基を有してもよいナフチル基」における「置換基」としては、特に制限はなく、上記Aにおける、「置換基を有してもよいフェニル基」、「置換基を有してもよいナフチル基」及び「置換基を有してもよい複素環基」における「置換基」で例示した置換基と同じでよい。 In the above formula (1), A 2 , A 3 and A 4 are phenyl groups which may have a substituent or naphthyl groups which may have a substituent, respectively. As the "substituent" of "optionally substituted phenyl group" or "an optionally substituted naphthyl group" is not particularly limited, in the A 1, with a "substituent It may be the same as the substituent exemplified in "Substituent" in "May be a phenyl group", "a naphthyl group which may have a substituent" and "a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent".
 上記式(1)における、A、A、及びAは、それぞれ独立に、下記式(2)又は式(3)で表され、A、A、及びAの少なくとも1つが、式(2)で表されることが、広帯域な偏光素子が得られるため好ましい。 In the above formula (1), A 2 , A 3 and A 4 are independently represented by the following formula (2) or formula (3), and at least one of A 2 , A 3 and A 4 is It is preferable that it is represented by the formula (2) because a broadband polarizing element can be obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

 上記式(2)中、Rは、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、置換若しくは非置換のアミノ基又はスルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、mは0~6の整数を表す。Mは、水素、金属イオン又はアンモニウムイオンを表し、nは0~2の整数を表す。炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、置換若しくは非置換のアミノ基、スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、及びMはそれぞれ式(1)と同じでよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

In the above formula (2), R 2 is a carbon substituted with a hydroxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group or a sulfo group. It represents the alkoxy group of the numbers 1 to 4, and m 2 represents an integer of 0 to 6. M represents hydrogen, metal ion or ammonium ion, and n 3 represents an integer of 0 to 2. An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group, and M are each of the formula ( It may be the same as 1).
 上記式(2)中、mは0~4であることが好ましく、0~2であることがさらに好ましく、0又は1であることが特に好ましい。また、mが1以上の場合、Rはヒドロキシ基であることが好ましい。nは0又は1であることが好ましく、1であることがさらに好ましい。Rの置換位置は、式(1)においてA側のアゾ基との結合位置を1位とすると、2位、3位、5位又は8位が好ましい。具体的には、2位及び3位の何れかがメトキシ基で置換されているのが好ましく、3位がメトキシ基で置換されているのがより好ましい。また、5位又は8位は、ヒドロキシ基で置換されていることが好ましい。上記式(1)中、A又はAが上記式(2)で示される構造を有する時、広帯域で、かつ高い偏光度の偏光機能を発揮するため好ましく、具体的にはk=0の時は、Aが式(2)の構造を有することが好ましく、k=1の時は、Aが式(2)の構造を有することが好ましい。 In the above formula (2), m 2 is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0 to 2, and particularly preferably 0 or 1. When m 2 is 1 or more, R 2 is preferably a hydroxy group. n 3 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 1. The substitution position of R 2, when the 1-position the point of attachment to the azo group of A 1 side in the formula (1), 2, 3, 5-position or 8-position is preferred. Specifically, it is preferable that either the 2-position or the 3-position is substituted with a methoxy group, and it is more preferable that the 3-position is substituted with a methoxy group. Further, the 5-position or 8-position is preferably substituted with a hydroxy group. In the above formula (1), when A 3 or A 4 has the structure represented by the above formula (2), it is preferable because it exhibits a polarization function in a wide band and a high degree of polarization, specifically, k = 0. At the time, it is preferable that A 3 has the structure of the formula (2), and when k = 1, it is preferable that A 4 has the structure of the formula (2).
 上記式(3)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基又はスルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表す。炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、及びスルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基は、それぞれ、式(1)と同じである。上記式(1)中、A又はAが式(3)で示される構造を有し、且つR又はRがそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基の時、好ましくはそれぞれ独立にメトキシ基又はエトキシ基の時、特に好ましくはR及びRがメトキシ基の時、広帯域で、且つ高い偏光度を有する偏光機能を発揮ため好ましい。具体的にはk=0の時は、Aが式(3)の構造を有し、且つR及びRがメトキシ基であることが好ましく、k=1の時は、Aが式(3)の構造を有し、且つR及びRがメトキシ基であることが好ましい。 In the above formula (3), R 3 and R 4 are independently substituted with a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a hydroxy group, respectively. Represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 or a sulfo group. Aliphatic hydrocarbon groups with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups with 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with hydroxy groups, and alkoxy groups with 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with sulfo groups. The groups are the same as in the formula (1), respectively. In the above formula (1), when A 3 or A 4 has a structure represented by the formula (3) and R 3 or R 4 is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, it is preferable. Are preferably methoxy groups or ethoxy groups independently, particularly preferably when R 3 and R 4 are methoxy groups, because they exhibit a polarization function having a wide band and a high degree of polarization. Specifically, when k = 0, it is preferable that A 3 has the structure of the formula (3) and R 3 and R 4 are methoxy groups, and when k = 1, A 4 is the formula. It is preferable that it has the structure of (3) and that R 3 and R 4 are methoxy groups.
 上記式(1)における、Rは、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又は置換若しくは非置換のアミノ基である。Rとしては、水素原子又はヒドロキシ基が好ましく、ヒドロキシ基がより好ましい。Rの置換位置は、環aのヒドロキシ基を1位とした場合、5位が好ましい。 In the above formula (1), R 1 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group. As R 1 , a hydrogen atom or a hydroxy group is preferable, and a hydroxy group is more preferable. The substitution position of R 1 is preferably the 5-position when the hydroxy group of the ring a is the 1-position.
 上記式(1)における、Mは、水素、金属イオン又はアンモニウムイオンを表す。金属イオンとしては、例えば、リチウムイオン、ナトリウム、カリウムイオン等のアルカリ金属イオン、カルシウムイオン、マグネシウムイオン等のアルカリ土類金属イオン等が挙げられる。アンモニウムイオンとしては、例えば、アンモニウムイオン、メチルアンモニウムイオン、ジメチルアンモニウムイオン、トリエチルアンモニウムイオン、テトラエチルアンモニウムイオン、テトラ-n-プロピルアンモニウムイオン、テトラ-n-ブチルアンモニウムイオン、トリエタノールアンモニウムイオン等が挙げられる。より具体的には、例えば、Mが水素の場合はスルホン酸(-SOH)を、Mがナトリウムイオンの場合はスルホン酸ナトリウム(-SONa)を、Mがアンモニウムイオンの場合はスルホン酸アンモニウム(-SONH)を表す。 In the above formula (1), M represents hydrogen, metal ion or ammonium ion. Examples of the metal ion include alkali metal ions such as lithium ion, sodium and potassium ion, and alkaline earth metal ions such as calcium ion and magnesium ion. Examples of the ammonium ion include ammonium ion, methylammonium ion, dimethylammonium ion, triethylammonium ion, tetraethylammonium ion, tetra-n-propylammonium ion, tetra-n-butylammonium ion, triethanolammonium ion and the like. .. More specifically, for example, when M is hydrogen, it is sulfonic acid (-SO 3 H), when M is sodium ion, it is sodium sulfonate (-SO 3 Na), and when M is ammonium ion, it is sulfone. Represents ammonium acid (-SO 3 NH 4 ).
 上記式(1)における環a及び環bの水素原子は、上記置換基(R)、及び/又は上記置換基(-SOM)で置換されていてもよい。 The hydrogen atoms of the ring a and the ring b in the above formula (1) may be substituted with the above-mentioned substituent (R 1 ) and / or the above-mentioned substituent (-SO 3 M).
 上記式(1)における環a及び環bは、いずれか一方又は両方がスルホ基で置換されていることが好ましい。また、環bがヒドロキシ基で置換されていることも好ましい。なかでも、環aのアゾ結合部位を1位とした場合、反時計まわりに、2位がヒドロキシ基で置換され、且つ3位及び7位がスルホ基で置換されている環構造、4位がスルホ基で置換されている環構造、2位がヒドロキシ基で置換され、且つ4位がスルホ基で置換されている環構造、又は7位がスルホ基で置換されている環構造が特に好ましい。 It is preferable that one or both of the ring a and the ring b in the above formula (1) are substituted with a sulfo group. It is also preferable that the ring b is substituted with a hydroxy group. Among them, when the azo bond site of the ring a is set to the 1-position, the ring structure in which the 2-position is substituted with a hydroxy group and the 3-position and the 7-position are substituted with a sulfo group counterclockwise, the 4-position is A ring structure substituted with a sulfo group, a ring structure in which the 2-position is substituted with a hydroxy group and the 4-position is substituted with a sulfo group, or a ring structure in which the 7-position is substituted with a sulfo group is particularly preferable.
 上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物としては、特に、下記式(4)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

 上記式(4)中、A~A、M、n、k、環a、及び環bは、それぞれ上記式(1)と同じである。上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物の中でも、上記式(4)で表される化合物は、さらに広帯域、かつ高偏光度を有する近赤外領域偏光機能を発揮するため好ましい。
As the azo compound represented by the above formula (1), a compound represented by the following formula (4) is particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

In the above formula (4), A 1 to A 4 , M, n, k, ring a, and ring b are the same as those in the above formula (1), respectively. Among the azo compounds represented by the above formula (1), the compound represented by the above formula (4) is preferable because it exhibits a near-infrared region polarization function having a wider band and a high degree of polarization.
 上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例を以下に挙げる。なお、式中のスルホ基、カルボキシ基及びヒドロキシ基は遊離酸の形態で表すが、上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物には、下記に挙げる化合物の塩も含まれる。 Specific examples of the azo compound represented by the above formula (1) are given below. The sulfo group, carboxy group and hydroxy group in the formula are represented in the form of a free acid, and the azo compound represented by the above formula (1) also includes salts of the compounds listed below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩は、例えば、非特許文献1に記載されるような通常のアゾ染料の製造方法に従って、ジアゾ化及びカップリングを行うことにより製造することができる。 The azo compound represented by the above formula (1) or a salt thereof can be produced, for example, by performing diazotization and coupling according to a usual method for producing an azo dye as described in Non-Patent Document 1. it can.
 具体的な製造方法の一例として、上記式(1)においてk=0の化合物の製造方法を下記する。 As an example of a specific production method, a method for producing a compound with k = 0 in the above formula (1) is described below.
 下記式(A)で示されるアミノナフタレン類をジアゾ化し、下記式(B)で示されるアミノナフタレン類又はアニリン類と一次カップリングさせ、下記式(C)で示されるモノアゾアミノ化合物を得る。このモノアゾアミノ化合物(C)をジアゾ化し、下記式(D)で示されるアミノナフタレン類又はアニリン類と二次カップリングさせ、下記式(E)で示されるジスアゾアミノ化合物を得る。このジスアゾアミノ化合物(E)をジアゾ化し、下記式(F)のナフトール類と三次カップリングさせることにより上記式(1)のアゾ化合物が得られる。 Aminonaphthalene represented by the following formula (A) is diazotized and primary coupled with aminonaphthalene or aniline represented by the following formula (B) to obtain a monoazoamino compound represented by the following formula (C). This monoazoamino compound (C) is diazotized and secondarily coupled with aminonaphthalene or aniline represented by the following formula (D) to obtain a disazoamino compound represented by the following formula (E). The azo compound of the above formula (1) can be obtained by diazotizing the disazoamino compound (E) and performing tertiary coupling with the naphthols of the following formula (F).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 上記製造方法において、ジアゾ化工程は、ジアゾ成分の塩酸、硫酸などの鉱酸水溶液又はけん濁液に亜硝酸ナトリウムなどの亜硝酸塩を混合するという順法によるか、あるいはジアゾ成分の中性又は弱アルカリ性の水溶液に亜硝酸塩を加えておき、これと鉱酸を混合するという逆法によって行うことが好ましい。ジアゾ化の温度は、-10~40℃が適当である。また、アミノナフタレン類又はアニリン類とのカップリングは、塩酸、酢酸などの酸性水溶液と上記各ジアゾ液を混合し、-10~40℃の温度でpH2~7の酸性条件で行うことが好ましい。 In the above production method, the diazotization step is carried out by a normal method of mixing a mineral acid aqueous solution such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid or a turbid solution with a nitrite such as sodium nitrite, or a neutral or weak diazo component. It is preferable to add nitrite to an alkaline aqueous solution and mix it with mineral acid by the reverse method. The temperature of diazotization is preferably −10 to 40 ° C. Further, the coupling with aminonaphthalene or aniline is preferably performed by mixing an acidic aqueous solution such as hydrochloric acid or acetic acid with each of the above diazo solutions at a temperature of −10 to 40 ° C. and under acidic conditions of pH 2 to 7.
 カップリングして得られた上記式(C)及び式(E)のアゾ化合物は、そのまま濾過するか、酸析や塩析により析出させ濾過して取り出すか、溶液又はけん濁液のまま次の工程へ進むこともできる。ジアゾニウム塩が難溶性で懸濁液となっている場合は濾過し、プレスケーキとして次のカップリング工程で使うこともできる。 The azo compounds of the above formulas (C) and (E) obtained by coupling can be filtered as they are, precipitated by acidification or salting out and filtered out, or as a solution or a turbid solution as follows. You can also proceed to the process. If the diazonium salt is sparingly soluble and is in suspension, it can be filtered and used as a press cake in the next coupling step.
 上記式(E)のジスアゾアミノ化合物のジアゾ化物と、上記式(F)で表されるナフトール類との三次カップリング反応は、-10~40℃の温度でpH7~10の中性からアルカリ性条件で行われることが好ましい。反応終了後、得られた式(1)のアゾ化合物又は塩を、好ましくは塩析により析出させ濾過して取り出す。また、精製が必要な場合には、塩析を繰り返すか又は有機溶媒を使用して水中から析出させればよい。精製に使用する有機溶媒としては、例えばメタノール、エタノール等のアルコール類、アセトン等のケトン類等の水溶性有機溶媒が挙げられる。 The tertiary coupling reaction between the diazodized diazoamino compound of the above formula (E) and the naphthols represented by the above formula (F) is carried out at a temperature of -10 to 40 ° C. under neutral to alkaline conditions of pH 7 to 10. It is preferable to be carried out in. After completion of the reaction, the obtained azo compound or salt of the formula (1) is preferably precipitated by salting out and filtered out. When purification is required, salting out may be repeated or precipitation may be performed from water using an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent used for purification include water-soluble organic solvents such as alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, and ketones such as acetone.
 式(1)で表される近赤外吸収染料又はその塩は、偏光素子用の染料として有用であり、近赤外領域において高い偏光機能を有し、後述する他の構成要素と組み合わせることで、耐湿性・耐熱性・耐光性を有する高性能な染料系近赤外領域偏光板を提供することが可能になる。 The near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (1) or a salt thereof is useful as a dye for a polarizing element, has a high polarization function in the near-infrared region, and can be combined with other constituent elements described later. It becomes possible to provide a high-performance dye-based near-infrared region polarizing plate having moisture resistance, heat resistance, and light resistance.
(他の有機染料)
 本発明の実施形態において、偏光素子は、近赤外吸収染料に加え、可視領域に偏光性能を有する他の有機染料を含み得る。これにより、例えば、赤外光領域だけでなく、可視領域まで制御できるニュートラルグレーの染料系偏光板を実現することができる。ここで、「ニュートラルグレー」は、2枚の偏光素子をその配向方向が互いに直交するように重ね合わせた状態で、可視領域および近赤外領域における特定波長、もしくは全波長において光漏れ(色漏れ)が少ないことを意味する。本明細書において、可視領域に偏光性能を有する他の染料を、単に、他の有機染料と略する場合がある。
(Other organic dyes)
In the embodiment of the present invention, the polarizing element may include, in addition to the near-infrared absorbing dye, another organic dye having polarization performance in the visible region. This makes it possible to realize, for example, a neutral gray dye-based polarizing plate that can control not only the infrared light region but also the visible region. Here, "neutral gray" is a state in which two polarizing elements are superposed so that their orientation directions are orthogonal to each other, and light leakage (color leakage) occurs at a specific wavelength or all wavelengths in the visible region and the near infrared region. ) Means less. In the present specification, other dyes having polarization performance in the visible region may be simply abbreviated as other organic dyes.
 他の有機染料としては、特に制限はないが、式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩の吸収波長領域と異なる波長領域に二色性を有する染料であって、且つその二色性が高い染料が好ましい。このような有機染料としては、例えばC.I.Direct Yellow 12、C.I.Direct Yellow 28、C.I.Direct Yellow 44、C.I.Direct Orange 26、C.I.Direct Orange 39、C.I.Direct Orange 71、C.I.Direct Orange 107、C.I.Direct Red 2、C.I.Direct Red 31、C.I.Direct Red 79、C.I.Direct Red 81、C.I.Direct Red 247、C.I.Direct Blue 69、C.I.Direct Blue 78、C.I.Direct Blue 247、C.I.Direct Green 80、及びC.I.Direct Green 59、などが代表例として挙げられる。これらの有機染料は、遊離酸として、あるいはアルカリ金属塩(例えばNa塩、K塩、Li塩)、アンモニウム塩、又はアミン類の塩として偏光素子に含有され得る。 The other organic dye is not particularly limited, but is a dye having dichroism in a wavelength region different from the absorption wavelength region of the azo compound represented by the formula (1) or a salt thereof, and the dichroism thereof. Higher dyes are preferred. Examples of such organic dyes include C.I. I. Direct Yellow 12, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 28, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 44, C.I. I. Direct Orange 26, C.I. I. Direct Orange 39, C.I. I. Direct Orange 71, C.I. I. Direct Orange 107, C.I. I. Direct Red 2, C.I. I. Direct Red 31, C.I. I. Direct Red 79, C.I. I. Direct Red 81, C.I. I. Direct Red 247, C.I. I. Direct Blue 69, C.I. I. Direct Blue 78, C.I. I. Direct Blue 247, C.I. I. Direct Green 80, and C.I. I. Direct Green 59, etc. are typical examples. These organic dyes can be contained in the polarizing element as free acids or as salts of alkali metal salts (eg Na salt, K salt, Li salt), ammonium salts, or amines.
 近赤外吸収染料と共に他の有機染料を含む偏光板では、目的とする偏光板が、ニュートラルグレーの偏光板、液晶プロジェクター用カラー偏光板、その他の各色カラー偏光板であるかよって、含まれる他の有機染料の種類が異なる。他の有機染料の配合割合は特に限定されるものではないが、式(1)で表される近赤外吸収染料の質量を100とした場合、1種又は複数種の他の有機染料の合計が、0.1~10となることが好ましい。 In the polarizing plate containing other organic dyes together with the near-infrared absorbing dye, the target polarizing plate is included depending on whether it is a neutral gray polarizing plate, a color polarizing plate for a liquid crystal projector, or another color polarizing plate of each color. The types of organic dyes are different. The blending ratio of the other organic dyes is not particularly limited, but when the mass of the near-infrared absorbing dye represented by the formula (1) is 100, the total of one or more other organic dyes. However, it is preferably 0.1 to 10.
 近赤外領域に偏光機能を有するニュートラルグレーの偏光板の場合、得られた偏光板の可視領域における色漏れが少なくなるように、赤外領域の光を吸収する近赤外吸収染料及び他の有機染料の種類及びその配合割合を調整することが好ましい。 In the case of a neutral gray polarizing plate having a polarizing function in the near-infrared region, a near-infrared absorbing dye and other dyes that absorb light in the infrared region so as to reduce color leakage in the visible region of the obtained polarizing plate. It is preferable to adjust the type of organic dye and the blending ratio thereof.
(親水性高分子フィルム及び偏光素子)
 本発明の実施形態において、偏光素子は、上述した近赤外吸収染料及び任意選択で他の有機染料(以下では、近赤外吸収染料等と略記することがある)が配向して含有されている、親水性高分子フィルムで構成される。
(Hydrophilic polymer film and polarizing element)
In the embodiment of the present invention, the polarizing element contains the above-mentioned near-infrared absorbing dye and optionally another organic dye (hereinafter, may be abbreviated as near-infrared absorbing dye or the like) in an oriented manner. It is composed of a hydrophilic polymer film.
 「親水性高分子フィルム」は、水との親和性が高いフィルムを指し、通常、水に浸漬若しくは接触させた時、水を吸収し膨潤するフィルムを指し、好ましい」実施形態では、この特性を利用して、近赤外吸収染料等を含有させ、又は配向させる。親水性高分子フィルムとしては、特に限定されないが、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、アミロース樹脂、デンプン樹脂、セルロース樹脂、ポリアクリル酸塩樹脂、又はそれら誘導体からなるフィルムが挙げられる。本願明細書において、「誘導体」とは、上記の樹脂に特有の基本骨格を共通にするが、それ以外の構造の点で、何らかの修飾が加えられている樹脂を意味する。ポリビニルアルコール等の上記の樹脂の誘導体としては、上記の樹脂をエチレン、プロピレン等のオレフィンや、クロトン酸、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、マレイン酸等の不飽和カルボン酸などで変性した樹脂が挙げられる。
 近赤外吸収染料等の吸着性及び配向性の観点から、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂又はその誘導体からなるフィルムが最も好ましい。
 高温高湿といった過酷な状況下でも近赤外吸収染料等が配向された状態を保持し、偏光特性を維持するためには、親水性高分子フィルムが架橋構造を有する樹脂で構成されていることが好ましい。従って、本発明の好ましい実施形態では、偏光素子は、上記樹脂に硼酸や硼砂等のホウ素化合物で架橋処理がなされた親水性高分子フィルムで構成される。また、このような架橋構造を有する偏光素子と、後述するa)の特性を有する基板との組み合わせは、本発明の特に好ましい実施形態である。
 親水性高分子のフィルムの厚さは限定されるものではないが、通常10~100μmであり、好ましくは25~80μm程度である。
"Hydrophilic polymer film" refers to a film that has a high affinity for water, and usually refers to a film that absorbs and swells water when immersed or in contact with water, which is preferable. It is used to contain or orient a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like. The hydrophilic polymer film is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a film composed of a polyvinyl alcohol resin, an amylose resin, a starch resin, a cellulose resin, a polyacrylate resin, or a derivative thereof. In the specification of the present application, the “derivative” means a resin having a common basic skeleton peculiar to the above resin, but having some modification added in terms of other structures. Derivatives of the above resins such as polyvinyl alcohol include resins obtained by modifying the above resins with olefins such as ethylene and propylene and unsaturated carboxylic acids such as crotonic acid, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and maleic acid.
From the viewpoint of adsorptivity and orientation of near-infrared absorbing dyes and the like, a film made of a polyvinyl alcohol resin or a derivative thereof is most preferable.
In order to maintain the oriented state of the near-infrared absorbing dye, etc. even under harsh conditions such as high temperature and high humidity, and to maintain the polarization characteristics, the hydrophilic polymer film must be composed of a resin having a crosslinked structure. Is preferable. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polarizing element is composed of a hydrophilic polymer film obtained by cross-linking the resin with a boron compound such as boric acid or borax. Further, a combination of a polarizing element having such a crosslinked structure and a substrate having the characteristics of a) described later is a particularly preferable embodiment of the present invention.
The thickness of the hydrophilic polymer film is not limited, but is usually 10 to 100 μm, preferably about 25 to 80 μm.
 本発明の実施形態において、偏光素子は、近赤外吸収染料等を親水性高分子フィルムに含有させ、該親水性高分子フィルムを延伸することで親水性高分子及びそれに含まれる染料を配向させて、近赤外領域及び任意選択で可視領域の吸収の異方性(いわゆる二色性)を発現させることで得られる。
 近赤外吸収染料等を含有する親水性高分子フィルムは、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系フィルム等の親水性高分子フィルムを温水等で膨潤させた後、近赤外吸収染料等を水1000重量部に対して0.001~10質量部含有した水溶液に、膨潤させたフィルムを浸漬することによって作製することができる。近赤外吸収染料等を含む水溶液は、必要により染色助剤を含んでもよく、例えば、芒硝を0.1~10質量%程度の濃度で含んでもよい。染浴にフィルムを浸漬する時間は、例えば1~10分間程度である。染色温度は、好ましくは30~80℃程度である。
In the embodiment of the present invention, the polarizing element contains a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like in a hydrophilic polymer film, and the hydrophilic polymer film is stretched to orient the hydrophilic polymer and the dye contained therein. Therefore, it can be obtained by expressing absorption anisotropy (so-called dichroism) in the near-infrared region and optionally in the visible region.
The hydrophilic polymer film containing a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like is prepared by swelling a hydrophilic polymer film such as a polyvinyl alcohol-based film with warm water or the like, and then adding the near-infrared absorbing dye or the like to 1000 parts by weight of water. On the other hand, it can be produced by immersing the swollen film in an aqueous solution containing 0.001 to 10 parts by mass. The aqueous solution containing a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like may contain a dyeing aid, if necessary, and may contain, for example, Glauber's salt in a concentration of about 0.1 to 10% by mass. The time for immersing the film in the dyeing bath is, for example, about 1 to 10 minutes. The dyeing temperature is preferably about 30 to 80 ° C.
 近赤外吸収染料等を含有した親水性高分子フィルムは、親水性高分子に予め近赤外吸収染料を含有させておき、当該近赤外吸収染料を含有した親水性高分子をフィルムに成形して作製することもできる。例えば、ポリビニルアルコールを水中8~12質量%溶解した水溶液に、近赤外吸収染料等を該水溶液の固形分中0.01~10質量%の濃度で含有させ、その水溶液をキャスト製膜し、溶媒である水を蒸発させることによって、近赤外吸収染料等を含有する親水性高分子フィルムを得ることができる。 For a hydrophilic polymer film containing a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like, the hydrophilic polymer contains a near-infrared absorbing dye in advance, and the hydrophilic polymer containing the near-infrared absorbing dye is molded into a film. It can also be produced by For example, a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like is contained in an aqueous solution prepared by dissolving polyvinyl alcohol in an amount of 8 to 12% by mass in water at a concentration of 0.01 to 10% by mass in the solid content of the aqueous solution, and the aqueous solution is cast and formed. By evaporating water as a solvent, a hydrophilic polymer film containing a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like can be obtained.
 親水性高分子フィルム中の近赤外吸収染料等を配向させて偏光素子を得るには、通常、近赤外吸収染料等を含有したフィルムを延伸する、延伸方法としては、例えば湿式法、乾式法等の任意の公知の方法でよい。湿式法で近赤外吸収染料等を含有する親水性高分子フィルムを延伸する場合、例えば、硼酸や硼砂等のホウ素化合物を含む液が入った槽中で一軸方向に2~9倍延伸し、次いで乾燥させることにより、偏光素子を得ることができる。
 ホウ素化合物による処理は、一般的には、染料系偏光素子の光透過率及び偏光度を向上させる目的で行われるが、このような処理がなされた親水性高分子フィルムでは、後述する通り、近赤外吸収染料等が高温高湿の環境下で硼酸や硼砂等のホウ素化合物で架橋を維持できることから、親水性高分子フィルムと共に近赤外吸収染料の配向を維持している指標としてホウ素化合物の含有量を利用することができる。
 ホウ酸、硼砂等のホウ素化合物で処理する条件は、用いる親水性高分子フィルムの種類や用いる近赤外吸収染料の種類によって異なるが、例えばポリビニルアルコールよりなるフィルムの場合、水溶液中のホウ素化合物の濃度(ホウ酸換算値)を0.1~10質量%、好ましくは0.5~7質量%の範囲、特に好ましくは1~5質量%とする。延伸処理は、例えば30~80℃、好ましくは40~75℃の温度範囲で、例えば、0.5~10分間浸漬して一軸方向に2~9倍延伸する。処理工程のpHは、5~9であれば近赤外吸収染料等を用いた偏光素子の偏光機能を有する波長域の広帯域化が可能であるが、より好ましくは6.5~8.5、特に好ましくは6.0~8.0が一つの好ましい形態として挙げられる。
 処理時の水溶液、特にホウ酸を含有する水溶液のpHを6~9に調整する方法としては、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、硼砂などの塩基性物質を添加して処理することが好ましい。また、硼砂を用いる場合には、ホウ酸と硼砂を併用してもよい。必要に応じて、更に、カチオン系高分子化合物を含む水溶液で、フィックス処理を併せて行ってもよい。上記延伸処理は1段で行っても良く、2段以上の多段処理を行ってもよい。
In order to obtain a polarizing element by orienting a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like in a hydrophilic polymer film, a film containing the near-infrared absorbing dye or the like is usually stretched. As a stretching method, for example, a wet method or a dry method is used. Any known method such as a method may be used. When a hydrophilic polymer film containing a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like is stretched by a wet method, for example, it is stretched 2 to 9 times in the uniaxial direction in a tank containing a solution containing a boron compound such as boric acid or borax. Then, by drying, a polarizing element can be obtained.
The treatment with a boron compound is generally performed for the purpose of improving the light transmittance and the degree of polarization of the dye-based polarizing element. However, in the hydrophilic polymer film subjected to such treatment, as will be described later, near Since the infrared absorbing dye can maintain cross-linking with a boron compound such as boric acid or borax in a high temperature and high humidity environment, the boron compound can be used as an index for maintaining the orientation of the near infrared absorbing dye together with the hydrophilic polymer film. The content can be utilized.
The conditions for treating with a boron compound such as boric acid and borax differ depending on the type of hydrophilic polymer film used and the type of near-infrared absorbing dye used. For example, in the case of a film made of polyvinyl alcohol, the boron compound in an aqueous solution The concentration (boric acid conversion value) is in the range of 0.1 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.5 to 7% by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 5% by mass. The stretching treatment is carried out in a temperature range of, for example, 30 to 80 ° C., preferably 40 to 75 ° C., for example, by immersing for 0.5 to 10 minutes and stretching 2 to 9 times in the uniaxial direction. If the pH of the treatment step is 5 to 9, it is possible to widen the wavelength range having the polarization function of the polarizing element using a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like, but more preferably 6.5 to 8.5. Particularly preferably, 6.0 to 8.0 is mentioned as one preferable form.
As a method for adjusting the pH of the aqueous solution at the time of treatment, particularly the aqueous solution containing boric acid to 6 to 9, it is preferable to add a basic substance such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, or borax for treatment. When borax is used, boric acid and borax may be used in combination. If necessary, the fixing treatment may be further carried out with an aqueous solution containing a cationic polymer compound. The stretching treatment may be performed in one stage, or may be performed in two or more stages.
 親水性高分子フィルムの延伸は、場合により、染色の前に行ってもよい。この場合、染色の段階で水溶性染料の配向が行われる。ホウ素化合物による処理は、上記延伸工程の後で行ってもよい。この場合、延伸工程は、ホウ素化合物を含まない液(例えば水)中で行えばよい。
 偏光素子の性能は、近赤外吸収染料等の含有量、近赤外吸収染料等の二色性、延伸時の延伸倍率等で調整することができる。
In some cases, the hydrophilic polymer film may be stretched before dyeing. In this case, the orientation of the water-soluble dye is performed at the dyeing stage. The treatment with the boron compound may be performed after the above stretching step. In this case, the stretching step may be carried out in a liquid (for example, water) containing no boron compound.
The performance of the polarizing element can be adjusted by the content of the near-infrared absorbing dye or the like, the dichroism of the near-infrared absorbing dye or the like, the stretching ratio at the time of stretching, or the like.
 上記延伸処理は、乾式延伸法でもよい。乾式延伸は、フィルムに熱をかけ、その熱によって柔らかくなった状態の時、フィルムを延伸するものである。乾式延伸法の場合には、大気(空気)又は窒素などのガスを延伸加熱媒体として延伸が可能であり、温度は、親水性高分子フィルムのガラス転移温度や融点等、加工性を考慮してフィルムを構成する樹脂の種類に応じて常温~200℃で延伸するのが好ましい。また、湿度は0~95%RHの雰囲気の任意の環境下で処理するのが好ましい。加熱方法としては、例えば、ロール間ゾーン延伸法、ロール加熱延伸法、圧延伸法、赤外線加熱延伸法などが挙げられるが、フィルムに熱が伝導し、延伸が可能であれば、これらに限定されるものではない。延伸倍率は、2倍から9倍とすることが好ましいが、各樹脂の延伸可能な倍率、及び、染料を配向可能な延伸倍率を考慮して調整すればよい。延伸処理は1段で行っても良く、2段以上の多段処理を行ってもよい。 The stretching treatment may be a dry stretching method. In the dry stretching method, the film is stretched when the film is heated and softened by the heat. In the case of the dry stretching method, stretching is possible using a gas such as air (air) or nitrogen as a stretching heating medium, and the temperature is set in consideration of processability such as the glass transition temperature and melting point of the hydrophilic polymer film. It is preferably stretched at room temperature to 200 ° C. depending on the type of resin constituting the film. Further, the humidity is preferably treated in an arbitrary environment with an atmosphere of 0 to 95% RH. Examples of the heating method include an inter-roll zone stretching method, a roll heating stretching method, a pressure stretching method, an infrared heating stretching method, and the like, but the heating method is limited to these as long as heat is conducted to the film and stretching is possible. It's not something. The draw ratio is preferably 2 to 9 times, but it may be adjusted in consideration of the drawable ratio of each resin and the draw ratio in which the dye can be oriented. The stretching treatment may be performed in one stage, or may be performed in two or more stages.
(基板)
 偏光板は、上記偏光素子と、これに積層される基板とを備える。本発明の実施形態において、偏光板は、下記a)又はb)、好ましくはa)及びb)の特性を有する基板を備えることを特徴とする。
 a)親水性高分子フィルムがホウ素化合物を含む場合、偏光板を相対湿度90%RH、80℃の環境で1000時間暴露した後、親水性高分子フィルム中に含まれるホウ素化合物の質量を、当該暴露前を100%として、20%以上保持させる。
 b)基板のJIS Z 0208 透湿度試験に基づく相対湿度90%RH、40℃の環境での水分の透湿度が24時間で0~1500g/mである。
(substrate)
The polarizing plate includes the above-mentioned polarizing element and a substrate laminated on the polarizing element. In the embodiment of the present invention, the polarizing plate is characterized by comprising a substrate having the following characteristics a) or b), preferably a) and b).
a) When the hydrophilic polymer film contains a boron compound, the mass of the boron compound contained in the hydrophilic polymer film is determined after exposing the polarizing plate in an environment of 90% RH and 80 ° C. for 1000 hours. The pre-exposure is set to 100%, and 20% or more is retained.
b) The moisture permeability in an environment of 90% RH relative humidity and 40 ° C. based on the JIS Z 0208 moisture permeability test of the substrate is 0 to 1500 g / m 2 in 24 hours.
 上記特性を有する基板によって、偏光板は、高温高湿環境下でも高い耐久性を有し、特に高温高湿環境下で強い光に曝されても高い耐久性を有することができる。
 すなわち、a)の特性を満たす偏光板は、親水性高分子フィルム中に含まれるホウ素化合物の含有量が、高温高湿の環境下に晒されても高いレベルで保持されているが、この様な特性は、偏光素子が高レベルの架橋構造を有しており、延伸によって得られた近赤外吸収染料等の配向状態を維持していることを意味する。このような特性を有する偏光板は高温高湿環境下でも近赤外吸収染料等の異性化や分解劣化を抑制することが出来、高透過率かつ高偏光度を維持することが出来る。ただし、非特許文献2で開示されているように、ポリビニルアルコールで例示される親水性高分子フィルムは二色性色素を含む偏光素子中でホウ素化合物のすべてが架橋しているわけではなく、さらには架橋していた水分等によってホウ酸が外れる。高温高湿の環境下の環境下では、ホウ素化合物は親水性高分子フィルムから架橋が徐々に外れ、拡散し、拡散は親水性高分子フィルムに留まらずに、偏光素子に積層された接着層や透明保護層に移行する。ところが、ホウ素化合物の移行が少なく、親水性高分子フィルム中のホウ素化合物の保持率が高い程、架橋は維持され、高温高湿の環境下に晒されても高いレベルで保持することが出来る。よって、親水性高分子フィルムからのホウ素化合物の拡散と基板への移行を防ぐことが重要であるが、それはホウ素化合物と基板とが低い親和性であることが必要である。その親和性は化学物質の溶解度や移行量の測定で表すことが出来るが、我々の検討の結果、ホウ素化合物の移行が抑制されている指標として偏光素子中のホウ素化合物の保持率がホウ素化合物と基板との親和性を示すことに有効であることが分かった。以上のことを考慮し、親水性高分子フィルム中に含まれるホウ素化合物の質量において、当該暴露前を100%として、20%以上保持される基板を用いることが高温高湿環境下でも近赤外吸収染料等を含んだ偏光素子において高い耐久性を与える指標として、本発明に至ったものである。
 b)の特性を満たす偏光板は、高温高湿の環境下に晒されても基板を通過して偏光素子に達する水分が少ないことを意味する。このため、偏光素子は、水分による配向緩和が起こりにくく、延伸によって得られた配向状態を維持し、かつ、親水性高分子フィルム中での分子凝集力を高い状態で保持出来る。さらにホウ素化合物を含んだ場合、親水性高分子フィルムとの架橋が外れにくく、拡散や基板への移行を起こりにくくしていることを間接的に示すものである。このような特性を有する偏光板では、高温高湿環境下でも、近赤外吸収染料の異性化や分解劣化を抑制することが出来、高透過率かつ高偏光度を維持させることが出来る。
Due to the substrate having the above characteristics, the polarizing plate can have high durability even in a high temperature and high humidity environment, and particularly can have high durability even when exposed to strong light in a high temperature and high humidity environment.
That is, in the polarizing plate satisfying the property of a), the content of the boron compound contained in the hydrophilic polymer film is maintained at a high level even when exposed to a high temperature and high humidity environment. This characteristic means that the polarizing element has a high-level crosslinked structure and maintains the orientation state of the near-infrared absorbing dye obtained by stretching. A polarizing plate having such characteristics can suppress isomerization and decomposition deterioration of near-infrared absorbing dyes even in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, and can maintain high transmittance and high degree of polarization. However, as disclosed in Non-Patent Document 2, not all of the boron compounds are crosslinked in the polarizing element containing the dichroic dye in the hydrophilic polymer film exemplified by polyvinyl alcohol, and further. Boric acid is removed by the crosslinked moisture. In an environment of high temperature and high humidity, the crosslinks of the boron compound are gradually removed from the hydrophilic polymer film and diffused, and the diffusion is not limited to the hydrophilic polymer film, but the adhesive layer laminated on the polarizing element or Move to a transparent protective layer. However, the smaller the migration of the boron compound and the higher the retention rate of the boron compound in the hydrophilic polymer film, the more the cross-linking is maintained, and the higher the level can be retained even when exposed to a high temperature and high humidity environment. Therefore, it is important to prevent the diffusion of the boron compound from the hydrophilic polymer film and the transfer to the substrate, but it is necessary that the boron compound and the substrate have a low affinity. The affinity can be expressed by measuring the solubility and transfer amount of chemical substances, but as a result of our examination, the retention rate of the boron compound in the polarizing element is the index that the transfer of the boron compound is suppressed. It was found to be effective in showing affinity with the substrate. In consideration of the above, it is recommended to use a substrate that retains 20% or more of the mass of the boron compound contained in the hydrophilic polymer film, with 100% before the exposure, even in a high temperature and high humidity environment. The present invention has been reached as an index for giving high durability to a polarizing element containing an absorbing dye or the like.
A polarizing plate satisfying the characteristics of b) means that even if it is exposed to a high temperature and high humidity environment, the amount of water that passes through the substrate and reaches the polarizing element is small. Therefore, the polarizing element is less likely to be relaxed due to moisture, can maintain the orientation state obtained by stretching, and can maintain the molecular cohesive force in the hydrophilic polymer film in a high state. Further, when a boron compound is contained, it indirectly indicates that the cross-linking with the hydrophilic polymer film is hard to be removed, and diffusion and transfer to the substrate are hard to occur. A polarizing plate having such characteristics can suppress isomerization and decomposition deterioration of a near-infrared absorbing dye even in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, and can maintain high transmittance and high degree of polarization.
 上記a)の特性は、上記暴露前のホウ素化合物の量を100%として、上記暴露後に35%以上のホウ素化合物を保持していることが好ましく、50%以上を保持していることがより好ましく、60%以上を保持していることが更に好ましい。 Regarding the characteristics of a) above, it is preferable that the amount of the boron compound before the exposure is 100%, and 35% or more of the boron compound is retained after the exposure, and more preferably 50% or more is retained. , 60% or more is more preferable.
 b)の特性に関しては、相対湿度90%RH、40℃の環境に、24時間おいた際の基板の透湿度が、好ましくは0~1100g/mを示し、より好ましくは0~900g/mを示し、さらに好ましくは0~800g/mを示すことが良い。 Regarding the characteristics of b), the moisture permeability of the substrate when left in an environment of 90% RH and 40 ° C. for 24 hours preferably shows 0 to 1100 g / m 2 , and more preferably 0 to 900 g / m. 2 shows a, more preferably it is better to indicate the 0 ~ 800g / m 2.
 基板は偏光素子の片面に設けることで上記特性の何れかを付与できるが、同一若しくは異種の基板を偏光素子の両面に設けることが好ましく、これにより偏光素子のいずれかの面から高温高湿環境下に暴露しても水分の影響や架橋が切れてホウ素化合物の移行を抑制することが出来るか、又は両特性を付与することができる。
 偏光素子への基板を設ける場合には、基板を偏光素子に直接接するように積層してもよいが、接着層などの他の層を介して偏光素子へ基板を設けてもよい。従って、本願明細書で「偏光素子の片面又は両面」に基板を設ける、と言う場合、基板を偏光素子に直接接するように設ける場合と、他の層を介して偏光素子へ基板を設ける場合の両方を含む。
 他の層として、一般的に光学フィルムとして用いられるフィルムを基板と偏光素子の間に設けてもよい。基板と偏光素子との間に設けてもよい光学フィルムとしては、例えば、一般的に偏光板で用いられるトリアセチルセルロースフィルム、シクロオレフィンフィルム、アクリルフィルムや位相差板として用いられるフィルムなどが例示される。位相差板は高分子よりなる位相差板でもよいし、液晶よりなる位相差板であってもよく、限定されるものではない。位相差板は一般的に、制御したい波長に対して1/4λ、1/2λ等が用いられるが、任意の位相差板を用いてもよい。
Any of the above characteristics can be imparted by providing the substrate on one side of the polarizing element, but it is preferable to provide the same or different substrates on both sides of the polarizing element, whereby a high temperature and high humidity environment can be provided from either side of the polarizing element. Even if it is exposed to the bottom, the influence of water and the cross-linking can be broken to suppress the transfer of the boron compound, or both properties can be imparted.
When the substrate is provided on the polarizing element, the substrate may be laminated so as to be in direct contact with the polarizing element, or the substrate may be provided on the polarizing element via another layer such as an adhesive layer. Therefore, in the specification of the present application, when the substrate is provided on "one side or both sides of the polarizing element", the substrate is provided so as to be in direct contact with the polarizing element, and the substrate is provided on the polarizing element via another layer. Includes both.
As another layer, a film generally used as an optical film may be provided between the substrate and the polarizing element. Examples of the optical film that may be provided between the substrate and the polarizing element include a triacetyl cellulose film, a cycloolefin film, an acrylic film, and a film used as a retardation plate, which are generally used for polarizing plates. To. The retardation plate may be a retardation plate made of a polymer or a retardation plate made of a liquid crystal, and is not limited thereto. As the retardation plate, 1 / 4λ, 1 / 2λ, etc. are generally used for the wavelength to be controlled, but any retardation plate may be used.
 上記の特性a)及び/又はb)を満たし得る基板としては、無機基板及び有機樹脂基板があり得る。 The substrate that can satisfy the above characteristics a) and / or b) may be an inorganic substrate and an organic resin substrate.
 上記の特性a)及び/又はb)を満たし得る無機基板としては、例えば、透明性を有するガラス、石英、サファイヤ、水晶又はスピネルからなる基板が例示される。本願明細書で「透明性を有する」という場合、偏光板が偏光特性を有する波長帯域、例えば380~1500nmにおいて、透過率が20%以上を有していることを意味する。透明性を要求される偏光板においては、50%以上の透過率を有することがより好ましく、80%以上の透過率を有することが更に好ましく、90%以上の透過率を有していることが特に好ましい。この点、石英、サファイヤ、又は水晶からなる基板は、透明性が高く、好ましい無機基板である。また、これらの無機基板は、熱伝導率が高い、つまり放熱性が高い点においても好ましく、サファイヤ、又は水晶からなる基板がより好ましい。近赤外吸収染料等が親水性高分子フィルム中に配向させている偏光素子では、赤外線領域の高輝度な光を吸収すると偏光素子は発熱することから、放熱性が高いということはこの種の偏光板の耐久性を高める上で重要な意義を有する。
 ガラスは、透明性という点では、やや劣るものの、低コストで容易に製造可能というメリットがあり、他の基板と組み合わせて用いてもよい。ガラスにはソーダガラス、ホウ珪酸ガラス、無アルカリガラス等があるが、特に限定されない。
 透明性を要求されない基板においては、他の無機基板を使用しても良い。例えば、アルミ、銀、鉄、シリコン、銅などを用いて表面に反射性(光沢性)や散乱反射性を持たせ、光学的偏光反射を目的とした偏光反射素子を得ることもできる。
 基板を偏光素子の両面に設ける場合には、高温高湿環境下でも高い耐久性を付与する観点からは、基板の少なくとも1つを無機基板とすることが好ましく、例えば、ガラス、石英、サファイヤ又は水晶からなる基板とすることができる。同様の観点から、偏光素子の両面に無機基板を設けてもよい。この場合、基板は、同一の無機基板であっても、異なる無機基板であってもよい。また、透明性及び放熱性の観点から、石英、サファイヤ又は水晶からなる基板で偏光素子の両面を挟持することが特に好ましい。尚、偏光素子の片面に基板が設けられ偏光板を、光学装置や表示装置に貼合せる際に、他方の面が装置のガラス等の無機基板に貼合されると、実質的に装置の無機基板が、偏光板の基板として機能し得る。
Examples of the inorganic substrate that can satisfy the above-mentioned properties a) and / or b) include a substrate made of transparent glass, quartz, sapphire, crystal or spinel. When the term "transparent" is used in the specification of the present application, it means that the polarizing plate has a transmittance of 20% or more in a wavelength band having polarization characteristics, for example, 380 to 1500 nm. In a polarizing plate that requires transparency, it is more preferable to have a transmittance of 50% or more, further preferably to have a transmittance of 80% or more, and to have a transmittance of 90% or more. Especially preferable. In this respect, a substrate made of quartz, sapphire, or quartz is a highly transparent and preferable inorganic substrate. Further, these inorganic substrates are also preferable in that they have high thermal conductivity, that is, high heat dissipation, and substrates made of sapphire or quartz are more preferable. In a polarizing element in which a near-infrared absorbing dye or the like is oriented in a hydrophilic polymer film, the polarizing element generates heat when it absorbs high-intensity light in the infrared region, so that this type of heat dissipation is high. It has important significance in increasing the durability of the polarizing plate.
Although glass is slightly inferior in terms of transparency, it has an advantage that it can be easily manufactured at low cost, and may be used in combination with other substrates. Glass includes soda glass, borosilicate glass, non-alkali glass and the like, but is not particularly limited.
In the substrate where transparency is not required, another inorganic substrate may be used. For example, it is also possible to obtain a polarized light reflecting element for the purpose of optical polarized light reflection by imparting reflectivity (glossiness) or diffuse reflection on the surface by using aluminum, silver, iron, silicon, copper or the like.
When the substrate is provided on both sides of the polarizing element, it is preferable that at least one of the substrates is an inorganic substrate from the viewpoint of imparting high durability even in a high temperature and high humidity environment, for example, glass, quartz, sapphire or the like. It can be a substrate made of quartz. From the same viewpoint, inorganic substrates may be provided on both sides of the polarizing element. In this case, the substrate may be the same inorganic substrate or a different inorganic substrate. Further, from the viewpoint of transparency and heat dissipation, it is particularly preferable to sandwich both sides of the polarizing element with a substrate made of quartz, sapphire or quartz. When a substrate is provided on one side of the polarizing element and the polarizing plate is attached to an optical device or a display device, if the other surface is attached to an inorganic substrate such as glass of the device, the device is substantially inorganic. The substrate can function as a substrate for the polarizing plate.
 無機基板を接着層又は粘着層を介して偏光素子に積層させる場合、接着剤又は粘着剤を無機基板に塗布して接着層又は粘着層を形成する。接着剤又は粘着剤については、接着できれば特に限定はなく、接着剤としては、例えば、紫外線硬化型接着剤、熱硬化型接着剤、シリコン系接着剤等を用いることができる。また、粘着剤についても特に限定はなく、例えば、アクリル酸系アルキルエステルを少なくとも含むモノマー組成物を重合して得られるアクリル(共)重合樹脂や、シリコン系粘着剤等を用いることができる。但し、これらに限定されるものではない。また、硬化型接着剤と粘着剤を組み合わせたものでもよい。硬化型接着剤と粘着剤を組み合わせた粘接着剤としては、例えば、特許文献9に記載の粘着性配合組成物を好適に用いることができ、特許文献9の内容を参照により、本願明細書に組み込む。接着層は後述する樹脂基板であってもよい。 When the inorganic substrate is laminated on the polarizing element via the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer, the adhesive or the adhesive is applied to the inorganic substrate to form the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer. The adhesive or the adhesive is not particularly limited as long as it can be adhered, and as the adhesive, for example, an ultraviolet curable adhesive, a heat curable adhesive, a silicon-based adhesive or the like can be used. The pressure-sensitive adhesive is also not particularly limited, and for example, an acrylic (co) polymerized resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer composition containing at least an acrylic acid-based alkyl ester, a silicon-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like can be used. However, it is not limited to these. Further, it may be a combination of a curable adhesive and an adhesive. As the adhesive that combines the curable adhesive and the adhesive, for example, the adhesive blending composition described in Patent Document 9 can be preferably used, and the specification of the present application is referred to by referring to the contents of Patent Document 9. Incorporate into. The adhesive layer may be a resin substrate described later.
 上記の特性a)又はb)を満たし得る樹脂基板としては、シリコン系樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、オレフィン系樹脂、シクロオレフィン系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、塩化ビニリデン樹脂及びポリカーボネート樹脂から選択される1種、又は2種以上からなる基板が挙げられる。特に、シロキサンシリコン系樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、シクロオレフィン系樹脂、又はポリエステル系樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂からなる基板が好ましい。基板はフィルム形状(薄く、フレキシブルである)であってもよい。
 シリコン系樹脂としては、例えば、特許文献11(国際公開2010/137332)に記載の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するオルガノシルセスキロキサンを主成分として重合されたシリコン樹脂が好ましく、それを製膜して得られるフィルムを基板として用いることができる。参照により特許文献11の内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
 アクリル系樹脂としては、例えば、特許文献12(国際公開2006/112223の実施例1の記載に従ってアクリル系樹脂が好ましく、それらを製膜して得られるフィルムを基板として用いることができる。参照により特許文献12の内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
シクロオレフィン系樹脂よりなるフィルムとしては、日本ゼオン社製ZEONORやJSR社製ARTONが好ましいフィルムとして例示され、それらフィルムを基板として用いることができる。
 ポリエステル系樹脂としては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂やポリエチレンナフタレート樹脂が好ましく、これらの樹脂からなるフィルムとしては、例えば、東洋紡社製SRFフィルムが好ましい。
 塩化ビニリデン樹脂としては、例えば、旭化成社製サラン樹脂が好ましく、それを製膜したフィルムを基板として用いることができる。
 ポリカーボネート樹脂としては、帝人社製ピュアエースやカネカ社製Rフィルム等が好ましく、これらを基板として用いることができる。
As the resin substrate that can satisfy the above characteristics a) or b), one selected from silicon-based resin, acrylic-based resin, olefin-based resin, cycloolefin-based resin, polyester-based resin, vinylidene chloride resin, and polycarbonate resin, Alternatively, a substrate composed of two or more types can be mentioned. In particular, a substrate made of a siloxane silicone resin, an acrylic resin, a cycloolefin resin, a polyester resin, or a polycarbonate resin is preferable. The substrate may be in film shape (thin and flexible).
As the silicone-based resin, for example, a silicone resin polymerized mainly containing an organosilace Kiroxane having a (meth) acryloyl group described in Patent Document 11 (International Publication 2010/137332) is preferable, and a film-forming silicone resin is formed. The resulting film can be used as a substrate. By reference, the contents of Patent Document 11 are incorporated in the specification of the present application.
As the acrylic resin, for example, an acrylic resin is preferable according to the description of Example 1 of Patent Document 12 (International Publication 2006/11223), and a film obtained by forming a film thereof can be used as a substrate. The contents of Document 12 are incorporated herein by reference.
As the film made of the cycloolefin resin, ZEONOR manufactured by Nippon Zeon Corporation and ARTON manufactured by JSR Corporation are exemplified as preferable films, and these films can be used as a substrate.
As the polyester resin, a polyethylene terephthalate resin or a polyethylene naphthalate resin is preferable, and as a film made of these resins, for example, an SRF film manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd. is preferable.
As the vinylidene chloride resin, for example, Saran resin manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation is preferable, and a film formed by the same can be used as a substrate.
As the polycarbonate resin, Pure Ace manufactured by Teijin Corporation, R film manufactured by Kaneka Corporation, and the like are preferable, and these can be used as a substrate.
 高分子基板を接着層又は粘着層を介して偏光素子に積層させる場合の接着剤、又は粘着剤は、接着できれば特に制限はなく、接着剤としては、例えば、紫外線硬化型接着剤、熱硬化型接着剤、シリコン系接着剤等を用いることができる。また、粘着剤としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸系アルキルエステルを少なくとも含むモノマー組成物を重合して得られるアクリル(共)重合樹脂や、シリコン系粘着剤等を用いることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。また、硬化型接着剤と粘着剤を組み合わせてもよい。硬化型接着剤と粘着剤を組み合わせた粘接着剤としては、上述した特許文献9記載の粘着性配合組成物を好適に用いることができる。接着層は後述する重合性化合物を重合して得られる硬化物からなる層であってもよい。 The adhesive or adhesive used for laminating the polymer substrate on the polarizing element via the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer is not particularly limited as long as it can be adhered. Examples of the adhesive include an ultraviolet curable adhesive and a heat curable type. Adhesives, silicon-based adhesives and the like can be used. Further, as the pressure-sensitive adhesive, for example, an acrylic (co) polymerized resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer composition containing at least a (meth) acrylic acid-based alkyl ester, a silicon-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like can be used. It is not limited to. Moreover, you may combine the curable adhesive and the pressure-sensitive adhesive. As the adhesive adhesive in which the curable adhesive and the adhesive are combined, the adhesive blending composition described in Patent Document 9 described above can be preferably used. The adhesive layer may be a layer made of a cured product obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable compound described later.
 本発明の好ましい実施形態において、上記の特性a)又はb)を満たし得る樹脂基板として、例えば、グリシジル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、イソシアネート基等の重合性置換基を有する化合物を重合して得られる特定の樹脂からなる基板が挙げられる。 In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, as a resin substrate capable of satisfying the above characteristics a) or b), for example, a compound having a polymerizable substituent such as a glycidyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, or an isocyanate group is polymerized. Examples thereof include a substrate made of a specific resin.
 より具体的には、非特許文献3に記載の重合性モノマーを含む組成物の硬化物からなる基板を例示することができ、参照により非特許文献3の内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。好適には、(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物と重合開始剤を含む重合性モノマー組成物を重合反応させた硬化物からなる基板が挙げられる。本発明の好ましい実施形態において、重合性モノマー組成物は、2つ以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物を含む。この実施形態において、重合性モノマー組成物は、全モノマー中、2つ以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物を、好ましくは30質量%以上、より好ましくは50質量%以上、さらに好ましくは70質量%以上含有する。
 本発明のより好ましい実施形態において、重合性モノマー組成物は、3つ以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物を含む。この実施形態において、重合性モノマー組成物は、全モノマー中(メタ)アクリロイル基を3つ以上有するモノマーを30%以上含むことがより好ましく、50%以上含むことがさらに好ましく、70%以上含むことが特に好ましい。このようなモノマー組成の重合性モノマー組成物では、硬く、より架橋密度の高い樹脂からなる基板が得られる。
More specifically, a substrate made of a cured product of the composition containing the polymerizable monomer described in Non-Patent Document 3 can be exemplified, and the contents of Non-Patent Document 3 are incorporated in the present specification by reference. Preferable examples thereof include a substrate made of a cured product obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer composition containing a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group and a polymerization initiator. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the polymerizable monomer composition comprises a compound having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups. In this embodiment, the polymerizable monomer composition contains a compound having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups in all the monomers, preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, still more preferably 70% by mass. % Or more.
In a more preferred embodiment of the invention, the polymerizable monomer composition comprises a compound having three or more (meth) acryloyl groups. In this embodiment, the polymerizable monomer composition preferably contains 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and 70% or more of the monomers having three or more (meth) acryloyl groups in all the monomers. Is particularly preferable. With a polymerizable monomer composition having such a monomer composition, a substrate made of a resin having a higher hardness and a higher crosslink density can be obtained.
 基板が、上記特性a)及び/又はb)を満たすためには、上記(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物の中でも、ペンタエリスリトール骨格、ネオペンチルグリコール骨格、トリメチロールプロパン骨格、及びジシクロペンタジエン骨格の少なくとも1種類以上の構造を有する化合物が好ましい。好ましい実施形態においては、このような骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物が、固形分濃度で全モノマー中15質量%以上含むことが好ましく、30質量%以上含むことがより好ましく、50質量%以上含むことがさらに好ましく、70%以上含むことが特に好ましい。
 このような構造を有する化合物の例を透湿度と共に、表1に示す。
In order for the substrate to satisfy the above-mentioned properties a) and / or b), among the compounds having the (meth) acryloyl group, the pentaerythritol skeleton, the neopentyl glycol skeleton, the trimethylolpropane skeleton, and the dicyclopentadiene skeleton Compounds having at least one or more structures are preferable. In a preferred embodiment, the (meth) acrylate compound having such a skeleton preferably contains 15% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or more in terms of solid content concentration. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable to contain 70% or more.
Examples of compounds having such a structure are shown in Table 1 together with moisture permeability.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000028
 上記透湿度を評価する方法は、半晒クラフト紙(株式会社トーツヤ・エコーより入手)に固形分濃度5%のポリビニルアルコールを1μmの厚みにアンカー塗工したものに樹脂基板を形成するためのモノマー組成物を塗工し、硬化させて樹脂基板を形成するか、或いは形成された樹脂基板又は無機基板を張り付けて行う。上記表1に記載する重合性モノマーとして(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物を含む組成物では、(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物10重量部、トルエン5重量部、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン(BASF社製イルガキュアー184)0.6重量部を混合し、組成物とした。その組成物を溶剤揮発後の樹脂固形分が5μmの厚みになるようにポリビニルアルコールをアンカー塗工した該半晒クラフト紙に塗工した。
 作成された試料を、b)の条件に置いた後、JIS Z 0208に従って半晒クラフト紙の透湿度を確認することによって基板の透湿度を評価することができる。
The method for evaluating the moisture permeability is a monomer for forming a resin substrate on semi-bleached kraft paper (obtained from Totsuya Echo Co., Ltd.) coated with polyvinyl alcohol having a solid content concentration of 5% to a thickness of 1 μm. The composition is applied and cured to form a resin substrate, or the formed resin substrate or inorganic substrate is attached to the composition. In the composition containing the compound having a (meth) acryloyl group as the polymerizable monomer shown in Table 1 above, 10 parts by weight of the compound having a (meth) acryloyl group, 5 parts by weight of toluene, and 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone (BASF). Irgacure 184) 0.6 parts by weight was mixed to prepare a composition. The composition was coated on the semi-bleached kraft paper anchor-coated with polyvinyl alcohol so that the resin solid content after solvent volatilization had a thickness of 5 μm.
After placing the prepared sample under the condition of b), the moisture permeability of the substrate can be evaluated by confirming the moisture permeability of the semi-bleached kraft paper according to JIS Z 0208.
 ペンタエリスリトール骨格を有する製品としてはKAYARAD PET-30、KAYARAD PET-40、KAYARAD DPHA等が挙げられ、ネオペンチルグリコール骨格を有する製品としてはKAYARAD NPGDA等が挙げられ、トリメチロールプロパン骨格を有する製品としてはKAYARAD TMPTA等が挙げられ、ジシクロペンタジエン骨格を有する製品としてはKAYARAD R-684等が挙げられる。
 このような(メタ)アクリレート化合物の中でも、透湿度がより低く、耐湿熱性に優れる点で、ペンタエリスリトール骨格、ネオペンチルグリコール骨格、又はトリメチロールプロパン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物がより好ましく、ペンタエリスリトール骨格を有る(メタ)アクリレート化合物が、特に好ましい。
Examples of products having a pentaerythritol skeleton include KAYARAD PET-30, KAYARAD PET-40, KAYARAD DPHA, etc., examples of products having a neopentyl glycol skeleton include KAYARAD NPGDA, and products having a trimethylolpropane skeleton include KAYARAD TMPTA and the like can be mentioned, and examples of the product having a dicyclopentadiene skeleton include KAYARAD R-684 and the like.
Among such (meth) acrylate compounds, a (meth) acrylate compound having a pentaerythritol skeleton, a neopentyl glycol skeleton, or a trimethylolpropane skeleton is more preferable because of its lower moisture permeability and excellent moisture and heat resistance. A (meth) acrylate compound having an erythritol skeleton is particularly preferred.
 上記樹脂組成物が紫外線によって重合する組成の場合には、当該樹脂組成物は、紫外線重合開始剤を含むことができる。紫外線重合開始剤としては例えば、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルホリノプロパン-1(BASF社製イルガキュアー907)、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン(BASF社製イルガキュアー184)、4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)-フェニル(2-ヒドロキシ-2-プロピル)ケトン(BASF社製イルガキュアー2959)、1-(4-ドデシルフェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン(メルク製ダロキュアー953)、1-(4-イソプロピルフェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン(メルク製ダロキュアー1116)、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン(BASF社製イルガキュアー1173)、ジエトキシアセトフェノン等のアセトフェノン系化合物、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン(BASF社製イルガキュアー651)等のベンゾイン系化合物、ベンゾイル安息香酸、ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4-フェニルベンゾフェノン、ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、4-ベンゾイル-4’-メチルジフェニルサルファイド、3,3’-ジメチル-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン(日本化薬製カヤキュアーMBP)等のベンゾフェノン系化合物、チオキサンソン、2-クロルチオキサンソン(日本化薬製カヤキュアーCTX)、2-メチルチオキサンソン、2,4-ジメチルチオキサンソン(日本化薬製カヤキュアーRTX)、イソプロピルチオキサンソン、2,4-ジクロオチオキサンソン(日本化薬製カヤキュアーCTX)、2,4-ジエチルチオキサンソン(日本化薬製カヤキュアーDETX)、2,4-ジイソプロピルチオキサンソン(日本化薬製カヤキュアーDITX)等のチオキサンソン系化合物等が挙げられる。より好ましくは、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルホリノプロパン-1(BASF社製イルガキュアー907)、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン(BASF社製イルガキュアー184)、及び2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン(BASF社製イルガキュアー651)を挙げることができる。これらの光重合開始剤は1種類でも複数でも任意の配合割合で混合して使用することができる。 When the above resin composition has a composition that is polymerized by ultraviolet rays, the resin composition may contain an ultraviolet polymerization initiator. Examples of the ultraviolet polymerization initiator include 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropane-1 (Irgacure 907 manufactured by BASF) and 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone (Irgacure manufactured by BASF). 184), 4- (2-Hydroxyethoxy) -phenyl (2-hydroxy-2-propyl) ketone (Irgacure 2959 manufactured by BASF), 1- (4-dodecylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2-methylpropane- 1-one (Merck DaroCure 953), 1- (4-isopropylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2-methylpropane-1-one (Merck DaroCure 1116), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane -1-one (Irgacure 1173 manufactured by BASF), acetophenone compounds such as diethoxyacetophenone, benzoin, benzoinmethyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone Benzophenone compounds such as (Irgacure 651 manufactured by BASF), benzoyl benzoic acid, methyl benzoyl benzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenylsulfide, 3,3'-dimethyl-4. -Benzophenone compounds such as methoxybenzophenone (Kayacure MBP manufactured by Nippon Kayaku), thioxanson, 2-chlorthioxanson (Kayacure CTX manufactured by Nihon Kayaku), 2-methylthioxanson, 2,4-dimethylthioxanson (Japan) Kayakure RTX), Isopropylthioxanson, 2,4-dicloothioxanson (Kayacure CTX made by Nippon Kayaku), 2,4-diethylthioxanson (Kayacure DETX made by Nihon Kayaku), 2,4- Examples thereof include thioxanthone compounds such as diisopropylthioxanson (Kayacure DITX manufactured by Nippon Kayaku). More preferably, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropane-1 (BASF's Irgacure 907), 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone (BASF's Irgacure 184), and 2,2-Dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone (Irgacure 651 manufactured by BASF) can be mentioned. These photopolymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination in any proportion.
 上記ベンゾフェノン系化合物やチオキサンソン系化合物を紫外線重合開始剤として含む場合には、光重合反応を促進させるために、助剤を併用することも可能である。そのような助剤としては、例えば、トリエタノールアミン、メチルジエタノールアミン、トリイソプロパノールアミン、n-ブチルアミン、N-メチルジエタノールアミン、ジエチルアミノエチルメタアクリレート、ミヒラーケトン、4,4’-ジエチルアミノフェノン、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチル、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸(nブトキシ)エチル、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル等のアミン系化合物が挙げられる。 When the above-mentioned benzophenone-based compound or thioxanson-based compound is contained as an ultraviolet polymerization initiator, an auxiliary agent can be used in combination in order to promote the photopolymerization reaction. Such auxiliaries include, for example, triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, n-butylamine, N-methyldiethanolamine, diethylaminoethyl methacrylate, Michler ketone, 4,4'-diethylaminophenone, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid. Examples thereof include amine compounds such as ethyl acid, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid (n butoxy) ethyl, and 4-dimethylaminobenzoate isoamyl.
 上記光重合開始剤および助剤の添加量は、偏光性能の低下が起こらない範囲で使用することが好ましく、その量は、重合性組成物中の(メタ)アクリロイル基等の重合性置換基を有する化合物100重量部に対して、好ましくは0.5重量部以上12重量部以下、より好ましくは2重量部以上10重量部以下程度がよい。また、助剤は光重合開始剤に対して、0.5倍から2倍量程度がよい。 The amount of the photopolymerization initiator and auxiliary agent added is preferably used within a range in which the polarization performance is not deteriorated, and the amount thereof is a polymerizable substituent such as a (meth) acryloyl group in the polymerizable composition. With respect to 100 parts by weight of the compound, it is preferably 0.5 parts by weight or more and 12 parts by weight or less, and more preferably 2 parts by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less. The amount of the auxiliary agent is preferably about 0.5 to 2 times the amount of the photopolymerization initiator.
 上記重合性モノマー組成物が熱重合性モノマーを含む場合には、重合開始剤、架橋剤および/または開始触媒を含み得る。架橋剤としては、イソシアネート系、ホウ素系、チタネート系等の種々の公知の架橋剤を用いることができる。その添加量は、重合性モノマー組成物100重量部中に0.1重量部以上20重量部以下、より好ましくは該組成物100重量部中に1重量部以上10重量部以下程度がよい。 When the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer composition contains a thermally polymerizable monomer, it may contain a polymerization initiator, a cross-linking agent and / or an initiator. As the cross-linking agent, various known cross-linking agents such as isocyanate-based, boron-based, and titanate-based can be used. The amount added is preferably 0.1 part by weight or more and 20 parts by weight or less in 100 parts by weight of the polymerizable monomer composition, and more preferably about 1 part by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less in 100 parts by weight of the composition.
 樹脂基板を形成させる方法としては、例えば、上記重合性モノマー組成物を原液として、または必要に応じて溶剤を用いて希釈し、偏光素子又は偏光素子に積層するフィルム、或いは製膜後に、直接、または接着層等を介して偏光素子に転写可能なフィルムに塗布し、その後加熱等により必要に応じて溶剤を除去し、加熱、または紫外線を照射することにより本発明の重合性樹脂硬化層である基板を得ることができる。尚、偏光素子に積層するフィルムとしてはトリアセチルセルロースフィルム等を用いることができる。 As a method for forming the resin substrate, for example, the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer composition is diluted as a stock solution or, if necessary, with a solvent and laminated on a polarizing element or a polarizing element, or directly after film formation. Alternatively, the polymerizable resin cured layer of the present invention is coated on a film transferable to a polarizing element via an adhesive layer or the like, and then the solvent is removed by heating or the like as necessary, and the film is heated or irradiated with ultraviolet rays. A substrate can be obtained. A triacetyl cellulose film or the like can be used as the film to be laminated on the polarizing element.
 上記モノマー組成物の溶剤としては、該組成物中のモノマーの溶解性、及び基板に対するぬれ性に優れ、基材表面の平滑性の低下を起こさないものが好ましく、例えば、水;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類;アニソール、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル類;メチルイソブチルケトン、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、2-ヘキサノン、3-ヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、2,6-ジメチル-4-ヘプタノン等のケトン類;n-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、シクロヘキサノール、イソプロピルアルコール等のアルコール類;メチルセロソルブ、酢酸メチルセロソルブ等のセロソルブ類;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、酢酸メトキシエチル、サクサンエトキシエチル等のエステル類;ジメチルスルホキシド、アセトニトリル、及びN,N-ジメチルアセトホルムアミドが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。好ましくは、トルエン、シクロペンタノン、又は酢酸エチルである。また、溶剤は単一でも混合物でもよい。樹脂組成物の濃度は、溶剤溶解性、基板に対するぬれ性、塗布後の厚みなどによって異なるが、好ましくは5~95重量%、より好ましくは10~80重量%程度である。 The solvent of the monomer composition preferably has excellent solubility of the monomer in the composition and wettability with respect to the substrate, and does not cause deterioration of the smoothness of the surface of the base material. For example, water; toluene, xylene, etc. Aromatic hydrocarbons; ethers such as anisole, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran; methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 2-hexanone, 3-hexanone, 2-heptanone, 3 -Ketones such as heptanone, 4-heptanone, 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanone; alcohols such as n-butanol, 2-butanol, cyclohexanol, isopropyl alcohol; cellosolves such as methyl cellosolve and methyl celloacetate; Esters such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl lactate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, methoxyethyl acetate, succinate ethoxyethyl; dimethylsulfoxide, acetonitrile, and N, N-dimethylacetoformamide. , Not limited to these. Preferably, it is toluene, cyclopentanone, or ethyl acetate. Further, the solvent may be a single solvent or a mixture. The concentration of the resin composition varies depending on the solvent solubility, the wettability with respect to the substrate, the thickness after coating, and the like, but is preferably about 5 to 95% by weight, more preferably about 10 to 80% by weight.
 また、基板に対するぬれ性が乏しい場合や、形成された基材表面の平滑性が低い場合は、それらを改善するために、樹脂組成物中に種々のレベリング剤を添加することも可能である。レベリング剤としては、シリコン系、フッ素系、ポリエーテル系、アクリル酸共重合物系、チタネート系等の種々のレベリング剤を用いることができる。その添加量は、重合性モノマー組成物100重量部中に0.0001重量部以上10重量部以下、より好ましくは該モノマー組成物100重量部中に0.1重量部以上5重量部以下程度がよい。 Further, when the wettability to the substrate is poor or the smoothness of the formed substrate surface is low, it is possible to add various leveling agents to the resin composition in order to improve them. As the leveling agent, various leveling agents such as silicon-based, fluorine-based, polyether-based, acrylic acid copolymer-based, and titanate-based can be used. The amount added is 0.0001 parts by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less in 100 parts by weight of the polymerizable monomer composition, more preferably 0.1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less in 100 parts by weight of the monomer composition. Good.
 膜形成されたモノマー組成物を硬化した際、基板の偏光素子又は偏光素子に積層するフィルムとの密着性が悪い場合は、それらを改善するために、モノマー組成物中に種々の架橋剤を添加することも可能である。架橋剤の種類としては、イソシアネート系、ホウ素系、チタネート系等の種々の化合物を用いることができる。その添加量は、重合性モノマー組成物100重量部中に0.0001重量部以上20重量部以下、より好ましくは該組成物100重量部中に0.1重量部以上10重量部以下程度がよい。 When the film-formed monomer composition is cured, if the adhesion to the polarizing element of the substrate or the film laminated on the polarizing element is poor, various cross-linking agents are added to the monomer composition in order to improve them. It is also possible to do. As the type of cross-linking agent, various compounds such as isocyanate-based, boron-based, and titanate-based compounds can be used. The amount added is 0.0001 parts by weight or more and 20 parts by weight or less in 100 parts by weight of the polymerizable monomer composition, more preferably 0.1 parts by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less in 100 parts by weight of the composition. ..
 樹脂基板を形成させる方法として、偏光素子に直接コーティングする方法、トリアセチルセルロース等の積層させるために用いるフィルムに樹脂基板を設ける方法、または、重合性モノマー組成物の層を別のフィルムに形成後、転写、または積層させて偏光素子に基板を設ける方法、さらには、接着層を設け、これに樹脂基板を積層する方法も効率が良く簡易的に偏光板を作製できる。重合性モノマー組成物を塗布する方法は特に限定されず、例えば、スピンコート方式、ワイヤーバーコート方式、グラビアコート方式、マイクログラビアコート方式、カレンダーコート方式、スプレーコート方式、メニスカスコート方式等などによる方法が挙げられる。 As a method of forming the resin substrate, a method of directly coating the polarizing element, a method of providing the resin substrate on the film used for laminating triacetyl cellulose or the like, or a method of forming a layer of the polymerizable monomer composition on another film. A method of providing a substrate on a polarizing element by transfer or lamination, and a method of providing an adhesive layer and laminating a resin substrate on the adhesive layer are also efficient and can easily produce a polarizing plate. The method of applying the polymerizable monomer composition is not particularly limited, and for example, a spin coating method, a wire bar coating method, a gravure coating method, a micro gravure coating method, a calendar coating method, a spray coating method, a meniscus coating method, or the like. Can be mentioned.
 上記樹脂基板は、加熱または紫外線照射によりモノマーが十分に重合し、未反応分が極力少ないことが好ましい。その程度は、硬化後の樹脂組成物100重量部中の未反応モノマー(例えば、アクリレート化合物)が0重量部以上5重量部以下、より好ましくは0重量部以上3重量部以下、さらに好ましくは0重量部以上1重量部以下になるようにするのがよい。そのような層を得る方法としては、例えば、塗布後の樹脂組成物の層の厚さを最適化する方法、添加する光重合開始剤の種類や量を最適化する方法、十分な加熱または紫外線を照射する方法、窒素等の不活性ガス中で行うなどの紫外線照射時の雰囲気を変えて硬化させる方法などが挙げられる。簡易的な方法として、樹脂の層の厚さを最適化する方法が、樹脂濃度を変えたり、樹脂塗布量を変えるだけで最適化できる点で便宜である。 In the above resin substrate, it is preferable that the monomers are sufficiently polymerized by heating or irradiation with ultraviolet rays, and the unreacted component is as small as possible. The degree of the unreacted monomer (for example, acrylate compound) in 100 parts by weight of the cured resin composition is 0 parts by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less, more preferably 0 parts by weight or more and 3 parts by weight or less, still more preferably 0. It is preferable that the weight is equal to or more than 1 part by weight. Examples of the method for obtaining such a layer include a method of optimizing the layer thickness of the resin composition after coating, a method of optimizing the type and amount of the photopolymerization initiator to be added, sufficient heating or ultraviolet rays. There are a method of irradiating with ultraviolet rays, a method of curing by changing the atmosphere at the time of ultraviolet irradiation such as in an inert gas such as nitrogen. As a simple method, the method of optimizing the thickness of the resin layer is convenient in that it can be optimized only by changing the resin concentration or the resin coating amount.
 上記樹脂基板の厚みは0.5μm乃至10μmが好ましく、1μm乃至8μmがより好ましく、2μm乃至6μmがさらに好ましい。10μmより厚いと、残留未反応モノマーが増えて、湿熱耐久性が不十分になったり、乾熱耐久性試験において偏光板が赤変することがある。他方、0.5μmより薄いと、湿熱耐久性が不十分となりやすい。紫外線の照射量は、アクリレート化合物種類、光重合開始剤の種類と添加量、膜厚によって異なるが、例えば100~1500mJ/cm程度がよい。 The thickness of the resin substrate is preferably 0.5 μm to 10 μm, more preferably 1 μm to 8 μm, still more preferably 2 μm to 6 μm. If it is thicker than 10 μm, the amount of residual unreacted monomers may increase, resulting in insufficient wet heat durability or reddening of the polarizing plate in the dry heat durability test. On the other hand, if it is thinner than 0.5 μm, the wet and heat durability tends to be insufficient. The irradiation amount of ultraviolet rays varies depending on the type of acrylate compound, the type and amount of photopolymerization initiator added, and the film thickness, but is preferably about 100 to 1500 mJ / cm 2 .
 また、上記樹脂基板は、アルカリ性溶液によって処理されても透明であることが好ましい。具体的には、pHが11以上のアルカリ水溶液によって40℃で10分以上処理された後、白濁がないことが一つの指標となる。その基準としては、トリアセチルセルロースに5μmの厚みに紫外線硬化型モノマー組成物を塗工し、硬化した層を設けたフィルムを、pH11の水溶液で40℃、10分以上処理されても、波長550nmにおける光線透過率が85%以上であることが良く、好ましくは90%以上であることが好ましい。一方で、樹脂基板をアルカリ水溶液で処理することによって、樹脂基板表面を親水性にすることも、親水性高分子フィルム、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系フィルムとの密着性が向上するため好ましい。その際の樹脂基板が親水性であることの指標として、10μリットルの水を滴下した時の接触角が60°以下、より好ましくは、50°以下、さらに好ましくは40°以下であることが好ましい。偏光素子へ貼り合わせる場合には、アルカリ水溶液で処理した後に、水もしくは酸性水溶液で中和処理を行い、その後、乾燥処理を適用したものを用いることが好ましい処方である。 Further, it is preferable that the resin substrate is transparent even when treated with an alkaline solution. Specifically, one index is that there is no cloudiness after being treated with an alkaline aqueous solution having a pH of 11 or more at 40 ° C. for 10 minutes or more. As a standard, a film provided with a cured layer obtained by applying an ultraviolet curable monomer composition to a thickness of 5 μm on triacetyl cellulose is treated with an aqueous solution of pH 11 at 40 ° C. for 10 minutes or more, and has a wavelength of 550 nm. The light transmittance in the above is preferably 85% or more, and preferably 90% or more. On the other hand, it is also preferable to make the surface of the resin substrate hydrophilic by treating the resin substrate with an alkaline aqueous solution because the adhesion to a hydrophilic polymer film, for example, a polyvinyl alcohol-based film is improved. As an index of the hydrophilicity of the resin substrate at that time, the contact angle when 10 μliters of water is dropped is preferably 60 ° or less, more preferably 50 ° or less, still more preferably 40 ° or less. .. When bonding to a polarizing element, it is preferable to use a formulation which is treated with an alkaline aqueous solution, neutralized with water or an acidic aqueous solution, and then dried.
 上記条件a)、b)の両方を満たす偏光板を得ようとする場合には、重合性モノマー組成物の硬化物からなる基板を2層以上有する多層構造にすることが好ましい。 When trying to obtain a polarizing plate that satisfies both of the above conditions a) and b), it is preferable to have a multilayer structure having two or more layers of a substrate made of a cured product of the polymerizable monomer composition.
 上記樹脂基板を含む偏光板を得る場合、直接、偏光素子に該樹脂基板を積層してもよいが、例えば、一般的なトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(以下、TACと省略)を含む偏光板の構成、例えば、「TAC/接着層(または粘着層)/偏光素子/接着層(または粘着層)/TAC」で表される構成、の偏光板のいずれかの層の間又は表面に上記樹脂基板を1層以上設けることで耐久性を向上させることができる。具体的には、接着層(または粘着層)と面していないTACの表面、TACと接着層(または粘着層)の間、接着層(または粘着層)と偏光素子の間、のいずれかに一層以上設けることで耐久性を向上させることができる。より耐久性を向上させるには、表示装置に貼り合わせ後に露出面となる表面側に樹脂基板を設けることが効果的である。具体的には、偏光板を表示装置に貼り合わせ後に露出面となる表面側のTACをTAC(F)、表示装置に貼り合わせ後に露出面となる表面側の接着層(または粘着層)を接着層(F)とした場合、偏光板の構成は、「TAC(F)/接着層(F)/偏光素子/接着層(または粘着層)/TAC/粘着層/表示装置」となるが、この構成におけるTAC(F)の表面、TAC(F)/接着層(F)との間、又は接着層(F)/偏光素子との間に重合性樹脂硬化物からなる基板を設けることが好ましい。また、密着性の向上、又は樹脂基板中の未反応モノマーの移行を防ぐために、偏光素子と樹脂基板との間にアンカーコート層を設けてもよい。 When obtaining a polarizing plate containing the above resin substrate, the resin substrate may be directly laminated on the polarizing element, but for example, a structure of the polarizing plate including a general triacetyl cellulose film (hereinafter abbreviated as TAC). For example, the resin substrate is placed between or on the surface of any one of the polarizing plates having a structure represented by "TAC / adhesive layer (or adhesive layer) / polarizing element / adhesive layer (or adhesive layer) / TAC". Durability can be improved by providing more than one layer. Specifically, on the surface of the TAC that does not face the adhesive layer (or adhesive layer), between the TAC and the adhesive layer (or adhesive layer), or between the adhesive layer (or adhesive layer) and the polarizing element. Durability can be improved by providing one or more layers. In order to further improve the durability, it is effective to provide a resin substrate on the surface side which becomes an exposed surface after being attached to the display device. Specifically, the TAC on the surface side that becomes the exposed surface after the polarizing plate is attached to the display device is attached to TAC (F), and the adhesive layer (or adhesive layer) on the surface side that becomes the exposed surface after being attached to the display device is adhered. When the layer (F) is used, the structure of the polarizing plate is "TAC (F) / adhesive layer (F) / polarizing element / adhesive layer (or adhesive layer) / TAC / adhesive layer / display device". It is preferable to provide a substrate made of a cured polymerizable resin between the surface of the TAC (F), the TAC (F) / the adhesive layer (F), or the adhesive layer (F) / the polarizing element in the configuration. Further, an anchor coat layer may be provided between the polarizing element and the resin substrate in order to improve the adhesion or prevent the migration of unreacted monomers in the resin substrate.
 上記偏光素子は、その片面、又は両面に、上記、基板以外の透明なフィルムや層を保護層として貼り合せてもよい。上記一般的な偏光板の構成で例示したTACも、その保護層の一つとなることができる。透明な保護層はポリマーによる塗布によって層を形成させる、又はフィルムを積層することで設けることができる。透明保護層を形成する透明ポリマー又はフィルムとしては、機械的強度が高く、熱安定性が良好な透明ポリマー又はフィルムが好ましい。透明保護層として用いる物質として、例えば、トリアセチルセルロースやジアセチルセルロースのようなセルロースアセテート樹脂又はそのフィルム、主鎖又は側鎖がイミド及び/又はアミドの樹脂又はポリマー又はそのフィルムなどが挙げられる。液晶性を有する樹脂又はそのフィルムを設けてもよい。その中の同種又は異種の樹脂又はフィルムを片面、もしくは両面に一層以上設けることによって偏光板を作製してもよい。保護層、もしくは保護層として用いるフィルムの厚さは特に限定されないが、0.5~200μmが良く、好ましくは10~100μmであることが良い。 The above-mentioned polarizing element may have a transparent film or layer other than the above-mentioned substrate bonded as a protective layer on one side or both sides thereof. The TAC exemplified in the above-mentioned general polarizing plate configuration can also be one of the protective layers. The transparent protective layer can be provided by forming a layer by coating with a polymer or by laminating films. As the transparent polymer or film forming the transparent protective layer, a transparent polymer or film having high mechanical strength and good thermal stability is preferable. Examples of the substance used as the transparent protective layer include cellulose acetate resins such as triacetyl cellulose and diacetyl cellulose or films thereof, resins or polymers having imide and / or amide main chains or side chains, or films thereof. A liquid crystal resin or a film thereof may be provided. A polarizing plate may be produced by providing one or more layers of the same or different resin or film therein on one side or both sides. The thickness of the protective layer or the film used as the protective layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 to 200 μm, preferably 10 to 100 μm.
 上記偏光素子と上記保護層を貼り合わせるのに用い得る接着剤としては、ポリビニルアルコール系接着剤、ウレタンエマルジョン系接着剤、アクリル系接着剤、及びポリオールとイソシアネ-トよりなる接着剤等が挙げられ、特に限定されるものではない。 Examples of the adhesive that can be used to bond the polarizing element and the protective layer include polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesives, urethane emulsion-based adhesives, acrylic adhesives, and adhesives composed of polyol and isocyanate. , Is not particularly limited.
<表面処理層>
 上記偏光板の表面には、さらに透明な表面処理層を設けてもよい。表面処理層としては、例えばアクリル系、ウレタン系やポリシロキサン系のハードコート層や、一般的な反射防止層(AR層)、防眩層(AG層)が例示される。また、単板透過率をより向上させるために、この保護層の上にAR層を設けることが好ましい。AR層は、例えば二酸化珪素、酸化チタン等の物質を蒸着又はスパッタリング処理によって形成することができ、またフッ素系物質を薄く塗布することにより形成することができる。AG層は、シリカやポリマー等を材とした粒子を含有したコート層を塗布し、内部散乱や、凹凸を形成した散乱によって防眩性を発現させたものを形成してもよい。本願の偏光板は、表面に位相差板をさらに貼付し、円偏光板や楕円偏光板として使用することもできる。
<Surface treatment layer>
A transparent surface treatment layer may be further provided on the surface of the polarizing plate. Examples of the surface treatment layer include an acrylic-based, urethane-based or polysiloxane-based hard coat layer, a general antireflection layer (AR layer), and an antiglare layer (AG layer). Further, in order to further improve the single plate transmittance, it is preferable to provide an AR layer on the protective layer. The AR layer can be formed by depositing or sputtering a substance such as silicon dioxide or titanium oxide, or by applying a thin coating of a fluorine-based substance. The AG layer may be formed by applying a coat layer containing particles made of silica, a polymer, or the like, and exhibiting antiglare properties by internal scattering or scattering forming irregularities. The polarizing plate of the present application can also be used as a circular polarizing plate or an elliptical polarizing plate by further attaching a retardation plate to the surface.
<偏光板の用途>
 本願発明で得られる偏光板の用途としては、例えば、液晶プロジェクター、電卓、時計、ノートパソコン、ワープロ、液晶テレビ、カーナビゲーション、屋内外の計測器や表示器等、及びレンズやメガネ、真偽判定用デバイス、CCDやCMOSなどのイメージセンサー用途等が挙げられる。染料系偏光素子は、近赤外領域においても高い偏光性能を有し、かつ、耐久性にも優れる。このため、高い偏光性能と耐久性を必要とする各種液晶表示体用、液晶プロジェクター用、車載用、及び屋外表示用(例えば、工業計器類の表示用途やウェアラブル用途)、高信頼性が必要なセキュリティデバイス等に特に好適である。
<Use of polarizing plate>
Applications of the polarizing plate obtained in the present invention include, for example, liquid crystal projectors, calculators, clocks, laptop computers, word processors, liquid crystal televisions, car navigation systems, indoor and outdoor measuring instruments and indicators, lenses and glasses, and authenticity determination. Devices, image sensor applications such as CCD and CMOS, etc. The dye-based polarizing element has high polarization performance even in the near infrared region and is also excellent in durability. For this reason, high reliability is required for various liquid crystal displays, liquid crystal projectors, in-vehicle use, and outdoor displays (for example, display applications and wearable applications of industrial instruments) that require high polarization performance and durability. It is particularly suitable for security devices and the like.
 以下、実施例により本発明をさらに詳細に説明するが、これらは例示的なものであって、本発明をなんら限定するものではない。また、下記に記載されている「%」および「部」は、特に言及されない限り質量基準である。また、各実施例及び比較例で使用した化合物の各構造式において、スルホ基等の酸性官能基は、遊離酸の形態で記載したが、これに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of examples, but these are exemplary and do not limit the present invention in any way. In addition, "%" and "part" described below are based on mass unless otherwise specified. Further, in each structural formula of the compounds used in each Example and Comparative Example, an acidic functional group such as a sulfo group is described in the form of a free acid, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
[合成例1]
(工程1)
 4-アミノ-5-ヒドロキシ-2,7-ナフタレンジスルホン酸31.9部を水200部に加え、25%水酸化ナトリウムを用いてpH6~8で調整しながら溶解させた後、4-トルエンスルホニルクロライド19.1部をpH10.5~11.0に保って滴下し、攪拌して反応を完結させた。その後、塩化ナトリウムで塩析させた後、濾過して下記式(101)で示される化合物のウエットケーキ142部を得た。
[Synthesis Example 1]
(Step 1)
31.9 parts of 4-amino-5-hydroxy-2,7-naphthalene sulfonic acid was added to 200 parts of water, dissolved with 25% sodium hydroxide at pH 6-8, and then 4-toluenesulfonyl. 19.1 parts of chloride was added dropwise while maintaining a pH of 10.5 to 11.0, and the reaction was completed with stirring. Then, it was salted out with sodium chloride and then filtered to obtain 142 parts of a wet cake of the compound represented by the following formula (101).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(工程2)
 得られた式(101)で表される化合物のウエットケーキ142部を水300部に加え、撹拌して懸濁させ、25%水酸化ナトリウムでpHを9.0とし、そこに40%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液を15.5部加えた。得られた懸濁液を水100部と35%塩酸37.5部の混合液に滴下し、ジアゾ液を調製した。一方、8-アミノナフタレン-2-スルホン酸20.1部を水200部に加え、25%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液でpHを6~8に調整しながら溶解した。この液に、先に得られたジアゾ液を必要に応じて35%塩酸でpH4.5~6.0に保って滴下し、攪拌してカップリング反応を完結させた。その後、塩化ナトリウムで塩析させた後、濾過して式(102)で示されるモノアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ148部を得た。
(Step 2)
142 parts of the obtained wet cake of the compound represented by the formula (101) was added to 300 parts of water, stirred and suspended, the pH was adjusted to 9.0 with 25% sodium hydroxide, and 40% nitrite was added thereto. 15.5 parts of aqueous sodium solution was added. The obtained suspension was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 100 parts of water and 37.5 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. On the other hand, 20.1 parts of 8-aminonaphthalene-2-sulfonic acid was added to 200 parts of water and dissolved in a 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution while adjusting the pH to 6-8. The previously obtained diazo solution was added dropwise to this solution with 35% hydrochloric acid at a pH of 4.5 to 6.0, and the mixture was stirred to complete the coupling reaction. Then, after salting out with sodium chloride, it was filtered to obtain 148 parts of a wet cake of the monoazo compound represented by the formula (102).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(工程3)
 得られた式(102)で表されるモノアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ148部を水300部に加え、撹拌して懸濁させ、25%水酸化ナトリウムを用いpH9.0とし、そこに40%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液を10.9部加えた。得られた懸濁液を水100部と35%塩酸26.3部の混合液に滴下し、ジアゾ液を調製した。一方、8-アミノナフタレン-2-スルホン酸14.0部を水200部に加え、25%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を用い、pH6~8に調整しながら溶解した。この液に、上記式(102)のジアゾ液を必要に応じて35%塩酸でpH4.5~6.0に保って滴下し、攪拌してカップリング反応を完結させた。その後、塩化ナトリウムで塩析させた後、結晶を濾過して下記式(103)で示されるジスアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ138部を得た。
(Step 3)
148 parts of the obtained wet cake of the monoazo compound represented by the formula (102) was added to 300 parts of water, stirred and suspended, and the pH was adjusted to 9.0 using 25% sodium hydroxide, and 40% nitrite was added thereto. 10.9 parts of aqueous sodium solution was added. The obtained suspension was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 100 parts of water and 26.3 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. On the other hand, 14.0 parts of 8-aminonaphthalene-2-sulfonic acid was added to 200 parts of water, and a 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was used to dissolve the acid while adjusting the pH to 6-8. The diazo solution of the above formula (102) was added dropwise to this solution with 35% hydrochloric acid at a pH of 4.5 to 6.0, and the mixture was stirred to complete the coupling reaction. Then, after salting out with sodium chloride, the crystals were filtered to obtain 138 parts of a wet cake of the disuazo compound represented by the following formula (103).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 得られた式(103)で表されるジスアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ138部を水300部に加え、撹拌して懸濁させ、25%水酸化ナトリウムを用いpH9.0とし、そこに40%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液を7.6部加えた。得られた懸濁液を水100部と35%塩酸18.4部の混合液に滴下し、ジアゾ液を調製した。一方、1,5-ジヒドロキシナフタレン-2,6-ジスルホン酸14.1部を水150部に加え、25%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を用い、pH6~8に調整しながら溶解した。この液に、上記式(103)のジアゾ液をpH6.5~8.0に保って滴下し、攪拌してカップリング反応を完結させた。その後、塩化ナトリウムで塩析させた後、結晶を濾過して乾燥することにより下記式(104)で示されるトリスアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ74.6部を得た。 138 parts of the obtained wet cake of the disuazo compound represented by the formula (103) was added to 300 parts of water, stirred and suspended, and the pH was adjusted to 9.0 using 25% sodium hydroxide, and 40% nitrite was added thereto. 7.6 parts of aqueous sodium solution was added. The obtained suspension was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 100 parts of water and 18.4 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. On the other hand, 14.1 parts of 1,5-dihydroxynaphthalene-2,6-disulfonic acid was added to 150 parts of water and dissolved using a 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution while adjusting the pH to 6-8. The diazo solution of the above formula (103) was added dropwise to this solution at a pH of 6.5 to 8.0, and the mixture was stirred to complete the coupling reaction. Then, after salting out with sodium chloride, the crystals were filtered and dried to obtain 74.6 parts of a wet cake of the trisazo compound represented by the following formula (104).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 得られた上記式(104)で表されるトリスアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ74.6部を水300部に加え、撹拌して懸濁させ、25%水酸化ナトリウムを用いてpH10.0~10.5を保って50~55℃で2日間撹拌した。その後、塩化ナトリウムで塩析させた後、濾過して乾燥することにより下記[化合物例1-5]で示される水溶性二色性染料9.0部を得た。 74.6 parts of the obtained wet cake of the trisazo compound represented by the above formula (104) is added to 300 parts of water, stirred and suspended, and pH 10.0 to 10.5 using 25% sodium hydroxide. The mixture was stirred at 50 to 55 ° C. for 2 days. Then, it was salted out with sodium chloride, filtered and dried to obtain 9.0 parts of the water-soluble dichroic dye shown in [Compound Example 1-5] below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
[合成例2]
(工程1)
 2-アミノ-5-ニトロベンゼンスルホン酸21.8部を水500部に加え、25%水酸化ナトリウムを用いてpH6~8に調整しながら溶解させた後、35%塩酸を加えpHを0.2とした。得られた液に40%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液17.3部を加えジアゾ液を調製した。一方、8-アミノナフタレン-2-スルホン酸22.3部を水200部に加え、25%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を用いてpH6~8に調整しながら溶解した。この液に、先に調製したジアゾ液をpH4.5~6.0に保って滴下し、攪拌してカップリング反応を完結させた。その後、塩化ナトリウムで塩析させた後、濾過して下記式(105)で示されるモノアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ241部を得た。
[Synthesis Example 2]
(Step 1)
Add 21.8 parts of 2-amino-5-nitrobenzene sulfonic acid to 500 parts of water and dissolve while adjusting the pH to 6-8 with 25% sodium hydroxide, then add 35% hydrochloric acid to adjust the pH to 0.2. And said. A diazo solution was prepared by adding 17.3 parts of a 40% aqueous sodium nitrite solution to the obtained solution. On the other hand, 22.3 parts of 8-aminonaphthalene-2-sulfonic acid was added to 200 parts of water and dissolved using a 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution while adjusting the pH to 6-8. The previously prepared diazo solution was added dropwise to this solution at a pH of 4.5 to 6.0, and the mixture was stirred to complete the coupling reaction. Then, after salting out with sodium chloride, it was filtered to obtain 241 parts of a wet cake of a monoazo compound represented by the following formula (105).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(工程2)
 得られた上記式(105)で表されるモノアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ241部を水300部に加え、撹拌して懸濁させた。25%水酸化ナトリウムを用いて前記懸濁液をpH9.0とし、そこに40%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液を34.5部加えた。得られた懸濁液を水200部と35%塩酸50部の混合液に滴下し、ジアゾ液を調製した。一方、8-アミノナフタレン-2-スルホン酸22.3部を水200部に加え、25%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液でpH6~8に調整しながら溶解した。この液に、上記式(105)のジアゾ液をpH4.5~6.0に保って滴下し、攪拌してカップリング反応を完結させた。その後、塩化ナトリウムで塩析させた後、濾過して下記式(106)で示されるジスアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ342部を得た。
(Step 2)
241 parts of the obtained wet cake of the monoazo compound represented by the above formula (105) was added to 300 parts of water, and the mixture was stirred and suspended. The suspension was adjusted to pH 9.0 with 25% sodium hydroxide, and 34.5 parts of a 40% aqueous sodium nitrite solution was added thereto. The obtained suspension was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 200 parts of water and 50 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. On the other hand, 22.3 parts of 8-aminonaphthalene-2-sulfonic acid was added to 200 parts of water and dissolved in a 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution while adjusting the pH to 6-8. The diazo solution of the above formula (105) was added dropwise to this solution at a pH of 4.5 to 6.0, and the mixture was stirred to complete the coupling reaction. Then, it was salted out with sodium chloride and then filtered to obtain 342 parts of a wet cake of a disuazo compound represented by the following formula (106).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 得られた上記式(106)で表されるジスアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ68.4部を水400部に加え、撹拌して懸濁させた。25%水酸化ナトリウムを用いて前記懸濁液をpH9.0とし、そこに40%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液を13.8部加えた。得られた懸濁液を水100部と35%塩酸40部の混合液に滴下し、ジアゾ液を調製した。一方、8-アミノナフタレン-2-スルホン酸4.5部を水150部に加え、25%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液でpH6~8に調整しながら溶解した。この液に、上記式(106)のジアゾ液を必要に応じて35%塩酸でpHを4.5~6.0に保って滴下し、攪拌してカップリング反応を完結させた。その後、塩化ナトリウムで塩析させた後、濾過して下記式(107)で示されるトリスアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ100部を得た。 68.4 parts of the obtained wet cake of the disuazo compound represented by the above formula (106) was added to 400 parts of water, and the mixture was stirred and suspended. The suspension was adjusted to pH 9.0 with 25% sodium hydroxide, and 13.8 parts of a 40% aqueous sodium nitrite solution was added thereto. The obtained suspension was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 100 parts of water and 40 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. On the other hand, 4.5 parts of 8-aminonaphthalene-2-sulfonic acid was added to 150 parts of water and dissolved in 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution while adjusting the pH to 6-8. The diazo solution of the above formula (106) was added dropwise to this solution with 35% hydrochloric acid at a pH of 4.5 to 6.0, and the mixture was stirred to complete the coupling reaction. Then, it was salted out with sodium chloride and then filtered to obtain 100 parts of a wet cake of a trisazo compound represented by the following formula (107).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 得られた上記式(107)で表されるトリスアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ50部を水200部に加え、撹拌して懸濁させた。25%水酸化ナトリウムを用いて前記懸濁液をpH9.0とし、そこに40%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液を6.9部加えた。得られた懸濁液を水100部と35%塩酸25部の混合液に滴下し、ジアゾ液を調製した。一方、1,5-ジヒドロキシナフタレン-2,6-ジスルホン酸10.0部を水100部に加え、25%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を用い、pH6~8に調整し溶解した。この液に、上記式(107)のジアゾ液を必要に応じて35%塩酸でpHを6.5~8.0に保って滴下し、攪拌してカップリング反応を完結させた。その後、塩化ナトリウムで塩析させた後、濾過して乾燥することにより下記[化合物例1-29]で示される水溶性二色性染料5.0部を得た。 50 parts of the obtained wet cake of the trisazo compound represented by the above formula (107) was added to 200 parts of water, and the mixture was stirred and suspended. The suspension was adjusted to pH 9.0 with 25% sodium hydroxide, and 6.9 parts of a 40% aqueous sodium nitrite solution was added thereto. The obtained suspension was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 100 parts of water and 25 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. On the other hand, 10.0 parts of 1,5-dihydroxynaphthalene-2,6-disulfonic acid was added to 100 parts of water, and the pH was adjusted to 6 to 8 with a 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and dissolved. The diazo solution of the above formula (107) was added dropwise to this solution with 35% hydrochloric acid at a pH of 6.5 to 8.0, and the mixture was stirred to complete the coupling reaction. Then, it was salted out with sodium chloride, filtered and dried to obtain 5.0 parts of a water-soluble dichroic dye shown in [Compound Example 1-29] below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
<[化合物例1-5]を用いた偏光素子の作製>
 ケン化度99%以上の平均重合度2400のポリビニルアルコールフィルム(クラレ社製VF-PS#7500)を45℃の温水に3分浸漬して、膨潤処理し、1.30倍延伸した。水を1500質量部、無水芒硝を1.5質量部、[化合物例1-5]0.30質量部を含有した45℃の染色液に、膨潤したフィルムを15分間浸漬して、フィルムに[化合物例1-5]に示される二色性染料を含有させた。得られたフィルムをホウ酸(富士フィルム和光純薬株式会社社製)20g/lを含有した40℃の水溶液に1分浸漬した。浸漬後のフィルムを、ホウ酸30.0g/lを含有した50℃の水溶液(pH5.3)中に入れ5分間の延伸処理を行って、5.0倍延伸した。得られたフィルムを、その緊張状態を保ちつつ、25℃の水に20秒間浸漬させることにより洗浄処理した。洗浄後のフィルムを70℃で9分間乾燥させ、偏光素子を得た。
<Manufacturing of a polarizing element using [Compound Example 1-5]>
A polyvinyl alcohol film having an average degree of polymerization of 2400 with a saponification degree of 99% or more (VF-PS # 7500 manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) was immersed in warm water at 45 ° C. for 3 minutes, swelled, and stretched 1.30 times. The swollen film was immersed in a dyeing solution at 45 ° C. containing 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous Glauber's salt, and 0.30 parts by mass of [Compound Example 1-5] for 15 minutes. The bicolor dye shown in Compound Example 1-5] was contained. The obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution at 40 ° C. containing 20 g / l of boric acid (manufactured by Fuji Film Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) for 1 minute. The film after immersion was placed in an aqueous solution (pH 5.3) at 50 ° C. containing 30.0 g / l of boric acid, subjected to a stretching treatment for 5 minutes, and stretched 5.0 times. The obtained film was washed by immersing it in water at 25 ° C. for 20 seconds while maintaining its tension. The washed film was dried at 70 ° C. for 9 minutes to obtain a polarizing element.
<[化合物例1-29]を用いた偏光素子の作製>
 ケン化度99%以上の平均重合度2400のポリビニルアルコールフィルム(クラレ社製VF-PS#7500)を45℃の温水に3分間浸漬して、膨潤させ、1.30倍延伸した。水を1500質量部、無水芒硝を1.5質量部、[化合物例1-29]0.30質量部を含有した45℃の染色液に、膨潤したフィルムを15分間浸漬して、フィルムに[化合物例1-29]で示される二色性染料を含有させた。得られたフィルムをホウ酸(富士フィルム和光純薬株式会社社製)20g/lを含有した40℃の水溶液に1分浸漬した。浸漬後のフィルムを、ホウ酸22.0g/l、硼砂8.0g/lを含有した50℃の水溶液中(pH7.0)に入れ5分間の延伸処理を行って5.0倍延伸した。得られたフィルムを、その緊張状態を保ちつつ、25℃の水に20秒間浸漬させることにより洗浄処理した。洗浄後のフィルムを70℃で9分間乾燥させ、偏光素子を得た。
<Manufacturing of a polarizing element using [Compound Example 1-29]>
A polyvinyl alcohol film having an average degree of polymerization of 2400 with a saponification degree of 99% or more (VF-PS # 7500 manufactured by Kuraray) was immersed in warm water at 45 ° C. for 3 minutes to swell and stretch 1.30 times. The swollen film was immersed in a dyeing solution at 45 ° C. containing 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous Glauber's salt, and 0.30 parts by mass of [Compound Example 1-29] for 15 minutes. The bicolor dye shown in Compound Example 1-29] was contained. The obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution at 40 ° C. containing 20 g / l of boric acid (manufactured by Fuji Film Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) for 1 minute. The film after immersion was placed in an aqueous solution (pH 7.0) at 50 ° C. containing 22.0 g / l of boric acid and 8.0 g / l of borax, stretched for 5 minutes, and stretched 5.0 times. The obtained film was washed by immersing it in water at 25 ° C. for 20 seconds while maintaining its tension. The washed film was dried at 70 ° C. for 9 minutes to obtain a polarizing element.
(偏光素子の極大吸収波長、その透過率及び偏光度の測定)
 上記[化合物例1-5]を用いて作製した偏光素子、及び上記[化合物例1-29]を用いて作製した偏光素子について、極大吸収波長、その波長の単体透過率(%)、及びその偏光度(%)を測定した。偏光素子の極大吸収波長(nm,λmax)の測定及び偏光度の算出において、偏光入射時の平行透過率(Ky,%)、ならびに直交透過率(Kz,%)は、グラントムソン偏光板(200~2600nm用偏光板)が設けられた分光光度計(日立製作所製 U-4100)を用い、偏光を測定試料に入射させて測定した。ここで平行透過率(Ky)とは、測定時に用いた絶対偏光子の吸収軸と偏光素子の吸収軸が平行時の透過率であり、直交透過率(Kz)とは、測定時に用いた絶対偏光子の吸収軸と偏光素子の吸収軸が、直交時の透過率を示す。各波長の平行透過率及び直交透過率は、380~1200nmにおいて、5nm間隔で測定した。それぞれ測定した値を用いて、下記式(i)より各波長の単体透過率を算出し、下記式(ii)より各波長の偏光度を算出し、380~1200nmにおいて最も高い時の偏光度と、その極大吸収波長(λmax)、及び単体透過率を得た。また、Ky、及びKzを吸光度へ換算し、そこから得られた吸光度比より、最も高い吸光度比を二色比(Rd)として算出した。また、その二色比が5以上の領域、及び、二色比が10以上の領域を確認した。
(Measurement of maximum absorption wavelength of polarizing element, its transmittance and degree of polarization)
Regarding the polarizing element manufactured by using the above [Compound Example 1-5] and the polarizing element manufactured by using the above [Compound Example 1-29], the maximum absorption wavelength, the single transmittance (%) of the wavelength, and the single transmittance thereof. The degree of polarization (%) was measured. In the measurement of the maximum absorption wavelength (nm, λmax) of the polarizing element and the calculation of the degree of polarization, the parallel transmittance (Ky,%) and the orthogonal transmittance (Kz,%) at the time of incident polarization are determined by the Gran Thomson polarizing plate (200). Using a spectrophotometer (U-4100 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) provided with a polarizing plate for up to 2600 nm, polarized light was incident on the measurement sample for measurement. Here, the parallel transmittance (Ky) is the transmittance when the absorption axis of the absolute polarizer used at the time of measurement and the absorption axis of the polarizing element are parallel, and the orthogonal transmittance (Kz) is the absolute transmittance used at the time of measurement. The transmittance when the absorption axis of the polarizer and the absorption axis of the polarizing element are orthogonal to each other. The parallel transmittance and the orthogonal transmittance of each wavelength were measured at intervals of 5 nm from 380 to 1200 nm. Using the measured values, the single transmittance of each wavelength is calculated from the following formula (i), the degree of polarization of each wavelength is calculated from the following formula (ii), and the highest degree of polarization at 380 to 1200 nm. , Its maximum absorption wavelength (λmax), and single transmittance were obtained. Further, Ky and Kz were converted into absorbance, and the highest absorbance ratio from the absorbance ratios obtained from them was calculated as the two-color ratio (Rd). In addition, a region having a two-color ratio of 5 or more and a region having a two-color ratio of 10 or more were confirmed.
 得られた偏光素子の最も偏光度が高い波長(λmax)の光学特性、並びにRdが5以上、及びRdが10以上の領域の波長の結果を表2に示す。 Table 2 shows the optical characteristics of the wavelength (λmax) having the highest degree of polarization of the obtained polarizing element, and the results of wavelengths in the region where Rd is 5 or more and Rd is 10 or more.
(式1)
 単体透過率(%)=(Ky+Kz)/2    (i)
(式2)
 偏光度(%)=[(Ky-Kz)/(Ky+Kz)]×100   (ii)
(Equation 1)
Single transmittance (%) = (Ky + Kz) / 2 (i)
(Equation 2)
Polarization degree (%) = [(Ky-Kz) / (Ky + Kz)] x 100 (ii)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
 表1の通り、上記[化合物例1-5]を用いて作製した偏光素子、及び上記[化合物例1-29]を用いて作製した偏光素子は、極大吸収波長(λmax)において、高い偏光性能を有し、いずれも近赤外領域に、二色比(Rd)5以上の吸収異方性を有していた。また、二色比10以上の帯域が1080nmにおいて存在しており、広帯域な領域で高い偏光度を有している偏光素子であった。 As shown in Table 1, the polarizing element manufactured by using the above [Compound Example 1-5] and the polarizing element manufactured by using the above [Compound Example 1-29] have high polarization performance at the maximum absorption wavelength (λmax). All had absorption anisotropy of a two-color ratio (Rd) of 5 or more in the near infrared region. Further, a band having a two-color ratio of 10 or more exists at 1080 nm, and the polarizing element has a high degree of polarization in a wide band region.
<両面粘着シートの作製>
 特許文献9の実施例1の処方に従い、基板と偏光素子を接着するための両面粘接着シートを得た。特許文献9の内容は、参照により本願明細書に組み込む。
 具体的には、アクリル酸n-ブチル94g、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート1g、及びN,N-ジメチルアクリルアミド5gを酢酸エチル185gに溶解し、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.05gを添加して、70℃で5時間重合してアクリル樹脂共重合体溶液 を得た。得られたアクリル共重合体はポリスチレン換算のゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)による重量平均分子量:1,100,000であった。次ぎに、得られた共重合体溶液に酢酸エチルを加え、樹脂分が22.5重量%になるように調製し、アクリル系粘着剤を得た。得られた樹脂分含量22.5重量%のアクリル系粘着剤を、固形分含量で79重量部、イソシアネート系架橋剤(東ソー社製コロネートRTMHL)0.035重量部、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学社製KBM-403)0.009重量部、ジラウリン酸ジブチルスズ(純正化学社製)0.002重量部、アクリル基を有するアルコキシシランとして3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学社製KBM-5103)17重量部、2官能の光重合性化合物としてKAYARAD R-115(日本化薬社製)2重量部、光重合開始剤としてイルガキュアー(Irgacure)-184(BASF社製)2重量部、及び2-ブタノン32重量部を混合し、本発明で用いる配合組成物を得た。得られた配合組成物の固形分含量が20重量部となるようにメチルエチルケトンを加え1時間混合して、粘着シート用の本発明配合組成物を得た。塗工機を使って、得られた配合組成物を2枚の離型フィルム(ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム)間に挟み込みシート状に成形した。得られたシートは厚さ20μmであり、積層体用の両面粘接着シートとして使用した。
<Making a double-sided adhesive sheet>
According to the formulation of Example 1 of Patent Document 9, a double-sided adhesive sheet for adhering the substrate and the polarizing element was obtained. The contents of Patent Document 9 are incorporated herein by reference.
Specifically, 94 g of n-butyl acrylate, 1 g of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and 5 g of N, N-dimethylacrylamide were dissolved in 185 g of ethyl acetate, and 0.05 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added to 70. Polymerization at ° C. for 5 hours gave an acrylic resin copolymer solution. The obtained acrylic copolymer had a weight average molecular weight of 1,100,000 by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) in terms of polystyrene. Next, ethyl acetate was added to the obtained copolymer solution to adjust the resin content to 22.5% by weight to obtain an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive. The obtained acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive having a resin content of 22.5% by weight was added to a solid content of 79 parts by weight, an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent (Coronate RTMHL manufactured by Toso Corporation) by 0.035 parts by weight, and 3-glycidoxypropyltri. Methoxysilane (KBM-403 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.009 parts by weight, dibutyltin dilaurate (manufactured by Genuine Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.002 parts by weight, 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an alkoxysilane having an acrylic group KBM-5103) 17 parts by weight, KAYARAD R-115 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) as a bifunctional photopolymerizable compound, 2 parts by weight, Irgacure-184 (manufactured by BASF) as a photopolymerization initiator 2 parts by weight and 32 parts by weight of 2-butanone were mixed to obtain a compounding composition used in the present invention. Methyl ethyl ketone was added so that the solid content of the obtained compounding composition was 20 parts by weight, and the mixture was mixed for 1 hour to obtain the compounding composition of the present invention for an adhesive sheet. Using a coating machine, the obtained compounding composition was sandwiched between two release films (polyethylene terephthalate film) and molded into a sheet shape. The obtained sheet had a thickness of 20 μm and was used as a double-sided adhesive sheet for a laminate.
<基板の親水性高分子フィルム中のホウ素化合物保持率に対する影響>
(1)試験対象とした基板
樹脂基板-1
 日本化薬社製PET-30(ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート)10重量部、トルエン5重量部、及び1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン(BASF社製イルガキュアー184)0.6重量部を混合し、紫外線照射して形成した。
樹脂基板-2
 日本化薬社製PET-30(ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート)5重量部、日立化成製FA-511A(ジシクロペンテニルアクリレート)5重量部、トルエン5重量部、及び1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン(BASF社製イルガキュアー184)0.6重量部を混合し、紫外線照射して形成した。
樹脂基板-3
 日本化薬社製PEG-400DA(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート)10重量部、トルエン5重量部、及び1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン(BASF社製イルガキュアー184)0.6重量部を混合し、紫外線照射して形成した。
樹脂基板-4
 日本ゼオン社製のシクロオレフィン製フィルム(商品名:Zeonor)を用いた。
樹脂基板-5
 国際公開特許WO2006-112223の実施例1の記載に従ってアクリル系樹脂を40μmに製膜して作成した
無機基板-1
 河村久蔵社製白板透明板ガラス基板を用いた。
無機基板-2
 岩手村田製作所株式会社製水晶基板を用いた。
TACフィルム
 比較として、TACフィルム(富士フィルム社製 TD-80U)を試験対象とした。
<Effect on the retention of boron compounds in the hydrophilic polymer film of the substrate>
(1) Substrate to be tested
Resin substrate-1
10 parts by weight of PET-30 (pentaerythritol triacrylate) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., 5 parts by weight of toluene, and 0.6 parts by weight of 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone (Irgacure 184 manufactured by BASF) are mixed and irradiated with ultraviolet rays. Formed.
Resin substrate-2
5 parts by weight of PET-30 (pentaerythritol triacrylate) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., 5 parts by weight of FA-511A (dicyclopentenyl acrylate) manufactured by Hitachi Kasei, 5 parts by weight of toluene, and 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone (manufactured by BASF). Irgacure 184) 0.6 parts by weight was mixed and formed by irradiating with ultraviolet rays.
Resin substrate-3
10 parts by weight of PEG-400DA (polyethylene glycol diacrylate) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., 5 parts by weight of toluene, and 0.6 parts by weight of 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone (Irgacure 184 manufactured by BASF) are mixed and irradiated with ultraviolet rays. Formed.
Resin substrate-4
A cycloolefin film (trade name: Zeonor) manufactured by Zeon Corporation was used.
Resin substrate-5
It was prepared by forming an acrylic resin into a film of 40 μm according to the description of Example 1 of the internationally published patent WO2006-112223 .
Inorganic substrate-1
A white transparent plate glass substrate manufactured by Kuzo Kawamura was used.
Inorganic substrate-2
A crystal substrate manufactured by Iwate Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. was used.
As a comparison of TAC films, TAC film (TD-80U manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.) was used as a test target.
(2)測定試料の作製
 親水性高分子フィルムであるケン化度99%以上の平均重合度2400のポリビニルアルコールフィルム(クラレ社製 VF-PS#7500)を45℃の温水に3分浸漬して、膨潤し、1.30倍延伸した。45℃の温水に、膨潤したフィルムを15分間浸漬し、得られたフィルムをホウ酸(富士フィルム和光純薬株式会社社製)20g/lを含有した40℃の水溶液に1分浸漬した。浸漬後のフィルムを、ホウ酸30.0g/lを含有した50℃の水溶液中で5分間の延伸処理を行って5.0倍に延伸した。得られたフィルムを、その緊張状態を保ちつつ、25℃の水に20秒間浸漬させることにより洗浄処理した。洗浄後のフィルムを70℃で9分間乾燥させてホウ素化合物を含有したポリビニルアルコールフィルムを得た。得られたホウ素化合物を含有したポリビニルアルコールフィルムを、ポリビニルアルコール(日本酢ビ・ポバール社製NH-26)を4%で水に溶解したものを接着剤として用いて、アルカリ処理したトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(富士フィルム社製TD-80, 以下、TACフィルムと省略)を片面にラミネートし、さらに各基板をもう一方の面に上記両面粘接着シートを介してラミネートし、基板/両面粘接着シート/ホウ素化合物を含有したポリビニルアルコールフィルム/PVA接着剤層/TACフィルム/両面粘接着シート/ガラスという構成で測定試料を作製した。
(2) Preparation of measurement sample A polyvinyl alcohol film (VF-PS # 7500 manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) having an average degree of polymerization of 2400 with a saponification degree of 99% or more, which is a hydrophilic polymer film, is immersed in warm water at 45 ° C. for 3 minutes. , Swelled and stretched 1.30 times. The swollen film was immersed in warm water at 45 ° C. for 15 minutes, and the obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution at 40 ° C. containing 20 g / l of boric acid (manufactured by Fuji Film Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) for 1 minute. The film after immersion was stretched 5.0 times in an aqueous solution at 50 ° C. containing 30.0 g / l of boric acid for 5 minutes. The obtained film was washed by immersing it in water at 25 ° C. for 20 seconds while maintaining its tension. The washed film was dried at 70 ° C. for 9 minutes to obtain a polyvinyl alcohol film containing a boron compound. A triacetyl cellulose film obtained by dissolving the obtained polyvinyl alcohol film containing a boron compound in water at 4% of polyvinyl alcohol (NH-26 manufactured by Nippon Vinegar Bi-Poval Co., Ltd.) as an adhesive and treating it with an alkali. (TD-80 manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd., hereinafter abbreviated as TAC film) is laminated on one side, and each substrate is further laminated on the other side via the above-mentioned double-sided adhesive sheet, and the substrate / double-sided adhesive sheet. A measurement sample was prepared with the composition of / polyvinyl alcohol film containing a boron compound / PVA adhesive layer / TAC film / double-sided adhesive sheet / glass.
(3)試験方法
 得られた測定試料を80℃、相対湿度90%RHの環境下に1000時間置いた後、ホウ素化合物を含有したポリビニルアルコールフィルムのみを取り出し、ポリビニルアルコールフィルムに残留したホウ素化合物量を測定した。
 ホウ素化合物含有量は、まず、水50gにホウ素化合物を含有したポリビニルアルコールフィルム約0.05gを溶解し、60分間煮沸させ、ポリビニルアルコールフィルムを溶解又は完全膨潤させて、常温に冷却させ、D(-)-マンニトールを3g加え、pH=8.4になるまで0.05mol/lの水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を滴下し、その滴下した量によりホウ酸濃度を求めることで、ホウ素化合物の含有量とした。ホウ素化合物の含有量は、式(iii)によって求められる。この時のBは水だけで水酸化ナトリウムを滴下した時、pH=8.4になる滴下量(ml)を示す。Fは水酸化ナトリウム水溶液のファクターを示す。
(3) Test method After placing the obtained measurement sample in an environment of 80 ° C. and 90% RH for 1000 hours, only the polyvinyl alcohol film containing the boron compound was taken out, and the amount of the boron compound remaining on the polyvinyl alcohol film was taken out. Was measured.
Regarding the content of the boron compound, first, about 0.05 g of a polyvinyl alcohol film containing a boron compound is dissolved in 50 g of water and boiled for 60 minutes to dissolve or completely swell the polyvinyl alcohol film and cool to room temperature. -)-Add 3 g of mannitol, add 0.05 mol / l sodium hydroxide aqueous solution until pH = 8.4, and determine the boric acid concentration based on the added amount to determine the content of the boron compound. .. The content of the boron compound is determined by the formula (iii). At this time, B indicates the dropping amount (ml) at which pH = 8.4 when sodium hydroxide is dropped only with water. F indicates the factor of the aqueous sodium hydroxide solution.
(式3)
 ホウ素化合物含有量(%)=(水酸化ナトリウムの滴定量[ml]―B) × F × 0.30915/偏光発光素子の重量[g]    (iii)
(Equation 3)
Boron compound content (%) = (Titration of sodium hydroxide [ml] -B) x F x 0.30915 / Weight of polarized light emitting device [g] (iii)
 透湿度、及びホウ素化合物の保持率の測定に供した各基板を、その試験結果と共に下記表3に示す。 Table 3 below shows the test results of each substrate used for measuring the moisture permeability and the retention rate of the boron compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039

 上記の通り、樹脂基板-3、TACフィルムは、上記a)の条件を満たしていないことが分かる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039

As described above, it can be seen that the resin substrate-3 and the TAC film do not satisfy the condition a) above.
<透湿度の測定>
(1)樹脂基板を有する測定用試料の作製
樹脂基板-1
 半晒クラフト紙(株式会社トーツヤ・エコーより入手)に、固形分濃度5%のポリビニルアルコールを1μmの厚みにアンカー塗工したものに、日本化薬社製PET-30(ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート)10重量部、トルエン5重量部、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン(BASF社製イルガキュアー184)0.6重量部を混合し、樹脂基板-1を形成させる組成物を調製した。その組成物を溶剤揮発後の樹脂固形分が5μmの厚みになるようにポリビニルアルコールをアンカー塗工した該半晒クラフト紙に塗工し、樹脂基板-1を有する測定試料を作製した。
樹脂基板-2
 日本化薬社製PET-30(ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート)10重量部を、日本化薬社製PET-30(ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート)5重量部、及び日立化成製FA-511A(ジシクロペンテニルアクリレート)5重量部に代えた以外は同様にして、樹脂基板-2を有する測定試料を作製した。
樹脂基板-3
 日本化薬社製PET-30(ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート)10重量部を、日本化薬社製PEG-400DA(ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート)10重量部に代えた以外は同様にして、樹脂基板-3を有する測定試料を作製した。
樹脂基板-4
 日本ゼオン社製のシクロオレフィン製フィルム(商品名:Zeonor)を測定試料とした。
樹脂基板-5
 国際公開特許WO2006-112223の実施例1の記載に従ってアクリル系樹脂を40μmに製膜して作成したフィルムを測定試料とした。
<Measurement of moisture permeability>
(1) Preparation of measurement sample having a resin substrate
Resin substrate-1
Semi-bleached kraft paper (obtained from Totsuya Echo Co., Ltd.) coated with polyvinyl alcohol with a solid content concentration of 5% to a thickness of 1 μm, PET-30 (pentaerythritol triacrylate) 10 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. A composition for forming the resin substrate-1 was prepared by mixing 5 parts by weight of toluene, 5 parts by weight of toluene, and 0.6 parts by weight of 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone (Irgacure 184 manufactured by BASF). The composition was coated on the semi-bleached kraft paper anchor-coated with polyvinyl alcohol so that the resin solid content after solvent volatilization had a thickness of 5 μm, and a measurement sample having the resin substrate-1 was prepared.
Resin substrate-2
10 parts by weight of PET-30 (pentaerythritol triacrylate) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., 5 parts by weight of PET-30 (pentaerythritol triacrylate) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and FA-511A (dicyclopentenyl acrylate) manufactured by Hitachi Kasei. A measurement sample having the resin substrate-2 was prepared in the same manner except that the portion was replaced with 5 parts by weight.
Resin substrate-3
The resin substrate- 3 was prepared in the same manner except that 10 parts by weight of PET-30 (pentaerythritol triacrylate) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. was replaced with 10 parts by weight of PEG-400DA (polyethylene glycol diacrylate) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. A measurement sample having was prepared.
Resin substrate-4
A cycloolefin film (trade name: Zeonor) manufactured by Zeon Corporation was used as a measurement sample.
Resin substrate-5
A film prepared by forming a film of an acrylic resin to 40 μm according to the description of Example 1 of the international patent WO 2006-112223 was used as a measurement sample.
無機基板-1
 河村久蔵社製白板透明板ガラス基板を、無機基板-1とした。
無機基板-2
 岩手村田製作所社製水晶基板を無機基板-2とした。
(2)透湿度の測定
 L80-5000型 水蒸気透過度計(Systech Instruments社製)を用いて各基板の透湿度を測定した。
Inorganic substrate-1
The white transparent plate glass substrate manufactured by Kawamura Kuzo Co., Ltd. was designated as an inorganic substrate-1.
Inorganic substrate-2
The crystal substrate manufactured by Iwate Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. was designated as an inorganic substrate-2.
(2) Measurement of moisture permeability The moisture permeability of each substrate was measured using an L80-5000 type water vapor permeability meter (manufactured by System Instruments).
 本願実施例で用いる基板の透湿度の測定結果を下記表4に示す。表4中、NDは測定下限値以下であることを示す。 Table 4 below shows the measurement results of the moisture permeability of the substrate used in the examples of the present application. In Table 4, ND indicates that it is below the lower limit of measurement.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
 樹脂基板-3は、上記b)の条件を満たしていないことが分かる。 It can be seen that the resin substrate-3 does not satisfy the condition b) above.
<実施例1>
 上記樹脂基板-1を、トリアセチルセルロースフィルム(富士フィルム社製 TD-80U、以下、TACフィルムと省略)に、形成後の膜厚が5μmになるように設け、樹脂基板-1を有するTACフィルムを作製した。樹脂基板-1を有するTACフィルムを、pH=11の水酸化ナトリウム水溶液に10分間浸漬した後、pH=6の水溶液に1分浸漬した。処理して得られた樹脂基板-1を有するTACフィルムのTAC面と、上記[化合物例1-5]を用いて作製した偏光素子とを、4%ポリビニルアルコール水溶液(日本酢ビ・ポバール社製NH-26 4%水溶液)を用いて接着した。さらに、偏光素子がTACフィルムに挟持されるように、ケン化処理のみを行ったTACフィルムを、4%ポリビニルアルコール水溶液を用いて接着した。接着剤で貼合されたフィルムのTAC面に、日本化薬社製粘着剤PTR-3000を乾燥後の厚みが20μmになるように塗布して粘着層を形成し、粘着層を形成された側にガラスに貼合し、偏光板を得た。即ち、樹脂基板-1/TACフィルム/接着層/[化合物例1-5]を用いて作製した偏光素子/接着層/TACフィルム/粘着層/ガラスとなる偏光板を得た。
<Example 1>
The resin substrate-1 is provided on a triacetyl cellulose film (TD-80U manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd., hereinafter abbreviated as TAC film) so that the film thickness after formation is 5 μm, and the TAC film having the resin substrate-1 is provided. Was produced. The TAC film having the resin substrate-1 was immersed in an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide having a pH of 11 for 10 minutes and then immersed in an aqueous solution having a pH of 6 for 1 minute. The TAC surface of the TAC film having the resin substrate-1 obtained by the treatment and the polarizing element prepared by using the above [Compound Example 1-5] were combined with a 4% polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution (manufactured by Japan Vam & Poval). Adhesion was performed using NH-264 4% aqueous solution). Further, the TAC film subjected to only the saponification treatment was adhered using a 4% polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution so that the polarizing element was sandwiched between the TAC films. An adhesive PTR-3000 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. is applied to the TAC surface of the film bonded with an adhesive so that the thickness after drying is 20 μm to form an adhesive layer, and the side on which the adhesive layer is formed is formed. Was bonded to glass to obtain a polarizing plate. That is, a polarizing plate to be a polarizing element / adhesive layer / TAC film / adhesive layer / glass produced by using the resin substrate-1 / TAC film / adhesive layer / [Compound Example 1-5] was obtained.
<実施例2>
 上記実施例1において、上記樹脂基板-1を、上記樹脂基板-2に変えた以外は実施例1と同様にして、樹脂基板-2/TACフィルム/接着剤層/[化合物例1-5]を用いて作製した偏光素子/接着剤層/TACフィルム/粘着層/ガラス、となる偏光板を得た。
<Example 2>
In Example 1, the resin substrate-1 was changed to the resin substrate-2 in the same manner as in Example 1, and the resin substrate-2 / TAC film / adhesive layer / [Compound Example 1-5]. A polarizing plate to be a polarizing element / adhesive layer / TAC film / adhesive layer / glass prepared by using the above was obtained.
<実施例3>
 上記実施例1において、樹脂基板-1を形成したTACフィルムを、コロナ処理が適用されたシクロオレフィンフィルム(日本ゼオン社製 Zeonor)に変えた以外は実施例1と同様にして、シクロオレフィンフィルム/接着剤層/[化合物例1-5]を用いて作製した偏光素子/接着剤層/TACフィルム/粘着層/ガラス、となる偏光板を得た。
<Example 3>
In Example 1 above, the cycloolefin film / is the same as in Example 1 except that the TAC film on which the resin substrate-1 is formed is changed to a cycloolefin film (Zeonor manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.) to which corona treatment is applied. A polarizing plate to be a polarizing element / adhesive layer / TAC film / adhesive layer / glass produced by using the adhesive layer / [Compound Example 1-5] was obtained.
<実施例4>
 上記実施例1において用いた[化合物例1-5]を用いた偏光素子の両面に、上述の両面粘接着シートを貼合し、片面にガラス、片面には水晶を貼合し、ガラス/両面粘接着シート/[化合物例1-5]を用いて作製した偏光素子/両面粘接着シート/水晶、となる偏光板を得た。
<Example 4>
The above-mentioned double-sided adhesive sheet was attached to both sides of the polarizing element using [Compound Example 1-5] used in Example 1, and glass was attached to one side and crystal was attached to one side. A polarizing plate to be a polarizing element / double-sided adhesive sheet / quartz prepared using the double-sided adhesive sheet / [Compound Example 1-5] was obtained.
<実施例5>
 上記実施例1において、樹脂基板-1を形成したTACフィルムを、易接着層が形成された樹脂基板-5に変えて、かつ、[化合物例1-5]を用いた偏光素子を、上記[化合物例1-29]を用いて作製した偏光素子に変えた以外は実施例1と同様にして、アクリルフィルム/接着剤層/[化合物例1-29]を用いた偏光素子/接着剤層/TACフィルム/粘着層/ガラス、となる実施例5の偏光板を得た。
<Example 5>
In the first embodiment, the TAC film on which the resin substrate-1 was formed was changed to the resin substrate-5 on which the easy-adhesive layer was formed, and the polarizing element using [Compound Example 1-5] was used in the above [Example 1]. Acrylic film / adhesive layer / polarizing element using [Compound Example 1-29] / adhesive layer / in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polarizing element was changed to the polarizing element produced using Compound Example 1-29]. A polarizing plate of Example 5 was obtained, which was a TAC film / adhesive layer / glass.
<実施例6>
 上記実施例2において、[化合物例1-5]を用いて作製した偏光素子を、上記[化合物例1-29]を用いて作製した偏光素子に変えた以外は実施例2と同様にして、樹脂基板-2/TACフィルム/接着剤層/[化合物例1-29]を用いて作製した偏光素子/接着剤層/TACフィルム/粘着層/ガラス、となる偏光板を得た。
<Example 6>
In the second embodiment, the polarizing element produced by using [Compound Example 1-5] was changed to the polarizing element produced by using [Compound Example 1-29] in the same manner as in Example 2. A polarizing plate to be a polarizing element / adhesive layer / TAC film / adhesive layer / glass produced by using the resin substrate-2 / TAC film / adhesive layer / [Compound Example 1-29] was obtained.
<比較例1>
 上記実施例1において、樹脂基板-1を用いなかった以外は実施例1と同様にして、TACフィルム/接着剤層/[化合物例1-5]を用いて作製した偏光素子/接着剤層/TACフィルム/粘着層/ガラス、となる比較例1の偏光板を得た。
<Comparative example 1>
In the above Example 1, the polarizing element / adhesive layer produced by using the TAC film / adhesive layer / [Compound Example 1-5] in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the resin substrate-1 was not used. A polarizing plate of Comparative Example 1 having a TAC film / adhesive layer / glass was obtained.
<比較例2>
 上記実施例1において、樹脂基板-1の代わりに上記樹脂基板-3を用いた以外は実施例1と同様にして、樹脂基板-3/TACフィルム/接着剤層/[化合物例1-5]を用いた偏光素子/接着剤層/TACフィルム/粘着層/ガラス、となる偏光板を得た。
<Comparative example 2>
Resin substrate-3 / TAC film / adhesive layer / [Compound Example 1-5] in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the resin substrate-3 was used instead of the resin substrate-1 in the first embodiment. A polarizing plate to be used as a polarizing element / adhesive layer / TAC film / adhesive layer / glass was obtained.
 得られた実施例1~6及び比較例1~2の偏光板を、相対湿度90%RH、80℃の環境下に1000時間置き、この高温高湿処理前後の950nmにおけるKy(%)、Kz(%)、単体透過率(%)、偏光度(%)、及びRdの各光学特性の変化を確認した。その結果を表5に示す。 The obtained polarizing plates of Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were placed in an environment of 90% RH and 80 ° C. for 1000 hours, and Ky (%) and Kz at 950 nm before and after this high temperature and high humidity treatment. Changes in each optical characteristic of (%), single transmittance (%), degree of polarization (%), and Rd were confirmed. The results are shown in Table 5.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
 上記表5が示すとおり、比較例1、2において、上記適用後の950nmのKyはそれぞれ、79.82%から48.58%、79.25%から49.83%、と大幅に低下し、単体透過率はそれぞれ、39.97%から24.92%、39.67%から25.47%、と大幅に低下した。これに対して、実施例1~6において、Ky、及び単体透過率は、単体透過率の変化が最も大きい実施例6でも、Kyは81.98%から80.54%へ変化しただけであり、単体透過率においては42.30%から41.43%と0.87%程度の変化であり、ほぼ初期の状態を維持していることが分かる。このことから、実施例1~6の偏光板は極めて高い湿熱耐久性を有していることが分かる。 As shown in Table 5 above, in Comparative Examples 1 and 2, the Ky at 950 nm after the application was significantly reduced from 79.82% to 48.58% and 79.25% to 49.83%, respectively. The single transmittance was significantly reduced from 39.97% to 24.92% and 39.67% to 25.47%, respectively. On the other hand, in Examples 1 to 6, Ky and the single transmittance changed only from 81.98% to 80.54% even in Example 6 in which the change in the single transmittance was the largest. The single transmittance changes from 42.30% to 41.43%, which is about 0.87%, indicating that the initial state is almost maintained. From this, it can be seen that the polarizing plates of Examples 1 to 6 have extremely high moist heat durability.
<耐光性試験>
 上記実施例4と比較例1で作製した偏光板について、キセノンアーク試験機(スガ試験機社製;SX-75)で150W、環境温度70℃、環境湿度50%にて、実施例4はガラス側から、比較例1はTACフィルム側から240時間の光照射試験を行った。光照射前後の950nmにおけるKy(%)、Kz(%)、単体透過率(%)、偏光度(%)、及びRdの各光学特性の変化を確認した。その結果を表6に示す。
<Light resistance test>
Regarding the polarizing plates produced in Example 4 and Comparative Example 1, a xenon arc tester (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd .; SX-75) was used at 150 W, an environmental temperature of 70 ° C., and an environmental humidity of 50%. From the side, Comparative Example 1 was subjected to a light irradiation test for 240 hours from the TAC film side. Changes in each optical characteristic of Ky (%), Kz (%), single transmittance (%), degree of polarization (%), and Rd at 950 nm before and after light irradiation were confirmed. The results are shown in Table 6.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
 表6の結果から、耐光性試験において実施例4は950nmの変化が0.1145%から0.2615%に変化しているだけであるが、比較例1は0.1132から5.2350%と大きく変化した。偏光度においても実施例4では99%以上を維持しているのに対して、比較例1では88.08%に低下した。二色比(Rd)において、実施例4は29.2が23.0に変化しているのみであったが、比較例1は30.1から15.4に低下した。以上のことから実施例4の偏光板は近赤外領域において、高い耐光性を有していることが分かる。 From the results in Table 6, in the light resistance test, in Example 4, the change at 950 nm was only changed from 0.1145% to 0.2615%, but in Comparative Example 1, it was 0.1132 to 5.2350%. It has changed a lot. The degree of polarization was also maintained at 99% or more in Example 4, while it decreased to 88.08% in Comparative Example 1. In the two-color ratio (Rd), in Example 4, 29.2 was only changed to 23.0, but in Comparative Example 1, it decreased from 30.1 to 15.4. From the above, it can be seen that the polarizing plate of Example 4 has high light resistance in the near infrared region.
 本願の偏光板は、赤外領域、または可視領域~赤外領域にかけて高い偏光度を有することができ、かつ耐久性が高い偏光板である。得られた偏光板は、高温高湿又は高温下で強い光に長時間暴露された場合でも高い耐光性を有する。よって、本願の偏光板は高い偏光度が要求されるセンサー、レンズ、スイッチング素子、アイソレータ、カメラ、及び屋内外の計測器やドライバーセンシングモジュール等の車載器等に適用することができる。また、赤外線を感知する機器、例えば赤外線パネル、空間赤外線タッチモジュールなどに好適に用いることができ、さらに従来のディスプレイ、例えば電卓、時計、ノートパソコン、ワープロ、液晶テレビ、偏光レンズ、偏光メガネ、カーナビゲーション等と併用することにより、可視の表示だけでなく、赤外光を活用したモジュールを提供することが可能となる。 The polarizing plate of the present application is a polarizing plate that can have a high degree of polarization in the infrared region or the visible region to the infrared region and has high durability. The obtained polarizing plate has high light resistance even when exposed to strong light for a long time at high temperature and high humidity or high temperature. Therefore, the polarizing plate of the present application can be applied to sensors, lenses, switching elements, isolators, cameras, and in-vehicle devices such as indoor and outdoor measuring instruments and driver sensing modules, which require a high degree of polarization. In addition, it can be suitably used for devices that sense infrared rays, such as infrared panels and spatial infrared touch modules, and further conventional displays such as calculators, watches, laptop computers, word processors, LCD TVs, polarized lenses, polarized glasses, and cars. When used in combination with navigation, etc., it is possible to provide a module that utilizes infrared light as well as a visible display.

Claims (23)

  1.  近赤外吸収染料を含有する親水性高分子フィルムからなる偏光素子と、該フィルムの片面又は両面に設けられる基板とを含む偏光板であって、
     該基板が、少なくとも下記a)及びb)のいずれかの特性を有する、偏光板:
     a)該親水性高分子フィルムがホウ素化合物を含む場合、該偏光板を、相対湿度90%RH、80℃の環境下、1000時間暴露した後の、該親水性高分子フィルム中に含まれるホウ素化合物の質量を、該暴露前を100とした場合、20以上に保持する、
     b)該基板のJIS Z 0208 透湿度試験に基づく相対湿度90%RH、40℃の環境での水分透湿度が、24時間で0~1500g/mである。
    A polarizing plate including a polarizing element made of a hydrophilic polymer film containing a near-infrared absorbing dye and a substrate provided on one or both sides of the film.
    A polarizing plate: the substrate having at least one of the following characteristics a) and b):
    a) When the hydrophilic polymer film contains a boron compound, the boron contained in the hydrophilic polymer film after the polarizing plate is exposed to the polarizing plate in an environment of 90% RH and 80 ° C. for 1000 hours. When the mass of the compound is 100 before the exposure, it is maintained at 20 or more.
    b) The moisture permeability of the substrate in an environment of 90% RH relative humidity and 40 ° C. based on the JIS Z 0208 moisture permeability test is 0 to 1500 g / m 2 in 24 hours.
  2.  該基板の少なくとも1つは、b)の特性を有する樹脂製の基板である、請求項1に記載の偏光板。 The polarizing plate according to claim 1, wherein at least one of the substrates is a resin substrate having the characteristics of b).
  3.  前記親水性高分子フィルムの両面に基板を備え、前記樹脂製の基板と反対側に、b)の特性を有する無機基板又は樹脂製基板を備える、請求項2に記載の偏光板。 The polarizing plate according to claim 2, wherein substrates are provided on both sides of the hydrophilic polymer film, and an inorganic substrate or a resin substrate having the characteristics b) is provided on the opposite side of the resin substrate.
  4.  前記親水性高分子フィルムが、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂、アミロース系樹脂、デンプン系樹脂、セルロース系樹脂、ポリアクリル酸塩系樹脂、及びそれら誘導体からなる群から選択される樹脂で構成され、ホウ素化合物を含有する、請求項1~3の何れか1項に記載の偏光板。 The hydrophilic polymer film is composed of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, an amylose-based resin, a starch-based resin, a cellulosic resin, a polyacrylate-based resin, and a resin selected from the group consisting of derivatives thereof, and comprises a boron compound. The polarizing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which is contained.
  5.  前記樹脂製基板が、シリコン系樹脂、(メタ)アクリル系樹脂、シクロオレフィン系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、及びポリカーボネート樹脂からなる群から選択される1種以上の樹脂を含む、請求項2~4の何れか1項に記載の偏光板。 Claims 2 to 4, wherein the resin substrate contains one or more resins selected from the group consisting of silicon-based resins, (meth) acrylic-based resins, cycloolefin-based resins, polyester-based resins, and polycarbonate resins. The polarizing plate according to any one item.
  6.  前記樹脂製基板が、分子内に(メタ)アクリロイル基を3つ以上有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含む重合性モノマー組成物を重合して得られるフィルムを含む、請求項2~5の何れか1項に記載の偏光板。 Any one of claims 2 to 5, wherein the resin substrate contains a film obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable monomer composition containing a (meth) acrylate compound having three or more (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule. The polarizing plate according to the section.
  7.  前記(メタ)アクリレート化合物が、ペンタエリスリトール骨格、ネオペンチルグリコール骨格、トリメチロールプロパン骨格、及びジシクロペンタジエン骨格からなる群から選択されるいずれかの骨格を有する、請求項6に記載の偏光板。 The polarizing plate according to claim 6, wherein the (meth) acrylate compound has any skeleton selected from the group consisting of a pentaerythritol skeleton, a neopentyl glycol skeleton, a trimethylolpropane skeleton, and a dicyclopentadiene skeleton.
  8.  前記(メタ)アクリレート化合物を、固形分濃度で重合性モノマー組成物中の全モノマー中15質量%以上する、請求項6又は7に記載の偏光板。 The polarizing plate according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the (meth) acrylate compound is contained in an amount of 15% by mass or more based on the solid content concentration of all the monomers in the polymerizable monomer composition.
  9.  上記無機基板が、ガラス、石英、サファイヤ、水晶、及びスピネルのいずれかを含む、請求項3~8の何れか1項に記載の偏光板。 The polarizing plate according to any one of claims 3 to 8, wherein the inorganic substrate contains any one of glass, quartz, sapphire, crystal, and spinel.
  10.  前記樹脂製基板の厚みが0.5μm~10μmである、請求項2~9の何れか1項に記載の偏光板。 The polarizing plate according to any one of claims 2 to 9, wherein the thickness of the resin substrate is 0.5 μm to 10 μm.
  11.  前記親水性高分子フィルムが、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂又はその誘導体を含む、請求項4~10のいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。 The polarizing plate according to any one of claims 4 to 10, wherein the hydrophilic polymer film contains a polyvinyl alcohol resin or a derivative thereof.
  12.  前記近赤外吸収染料が、下記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物である、請求項1~11のいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (式(1)中、Aは、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基、置換基を有してもよいナフチル基又は置換基を有してもよい複素環基であり、A、A及びAは、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又は置換基を有してもよいナフチル基であり、kは、0または1の整数を表す。Rは、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基又は置換若しくは非置換のアミノ基であり、mは、0~5の整数を表す。Mは、水素、金属イオン又はアンモニウムイオンを表し、nは、1~2の整数を表す。環a及び環bの水素原子は、それぞれ独立に、置換基Rで置換されていてもよく、環a及び環bの何れか一方又は両方の水素原子は、置換基SOMで置換されていている。)
    The polarizing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the near-infrared absorbing dye is an azo compound represented by the following formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (In the formula (1), A 1 is a phenyl group which may have a substituent, a naphthyl group which may have a substituent or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and A 2 ,. A 3 and A 4 are independently phenyl groups which may have a substituent or a naphthyl group which may have a substituent, and k represents an integer of 0 or 1. R 1 represents an integer of 0 or 1. A hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, m represents an integer of 0 to 5, M represents a hydrogen, a metal ion or an ammonium ion, and n is 1. of ~ 2 represents an integer. hydrogen atoms of the ring a and ring b are each independently may be substituted with a substituent R 1, either or both hydrogen atoms of the ring a and ring b is substituted It has been replaced by the group SO 3 M.)
  13.  上記式(1)における、A、A及びAは、それぞれ独立に、下記式(2)又は式(3)で表され、A、A及びAの少なくとも1つは式(2)で表される、請求項12に記載の偏光板。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    (式(2)中、Rは、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、置換若しくは非置換のアミノ基又はスルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、mは0~6の整数を表す。Mは、水素、金属イオン又はアンモニウムイオンを表し、nは0~2の整数を表す。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    (式(3)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基又はスルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基を表す。)
    A 2 , A 3 and A 4 in the above formula (1) are independently represented by the following formula (2) or formula (3), and at least one of A 2 , A 3 and A 4 is a formula ( The polarizing plate according to claim 12, which is represented by 2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In the formula (2), R 2 is a carbon substituted with a hydroxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group or a sulfo group. It represents an alkoxy group of the number 1 to 4, m 2 represents an integer of 0 to 6. M represents a hydrogen, metal ion or ammonium ion, and n 3 represents an integer of 0 to 2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In the formula (3), R 3 and R 4 are independently substituted with a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a hydroxy group, respectively. Represents an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 or a sulfo group.)
  14.  上記式(1)のアゾ化合物が、下記式(4)で示される化合物である、請求項12又は13に記載の偏光板。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    (式(4)中、A、A、A、A、M、n及びkは、それぞれ、上記式(1)と同じである。また、環a及び環bの一方又は両方の水素原子は、置換基SOMで置換されている。)
    The polarizing plate according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the azo compound of the above formula (1) is a compound represented by the following formula (4).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    (In the formula (4), A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , M, n and k are the same as those in the above formula (1), respectively. Also, one or both of the rings a and b. The hydrogen atom is substituted with the substituent SO 3 M.)
  15.  上記式(1)又は(4)におけるAが、ヒドロキシ基、スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基及びスルホ基からなる群から選択される1つ以上の置換基で置換されたナフチル基である、請求項12~14のいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。 A 1 in the formula (1) or (4) is substituted with a hydroxy group, one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of substituted alkoxy group and a sulfo group having a carbon number of 1 to 4 sulfo groups The polarizing plate according to any one of claims 12 to 14, which is a naphthyl group.
  16.  上記式(1)又は(4)において、Aが、下記式(5)で表される、請求項12~14のいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    (式(5)中、nは1~2の整数を表す。)
    The polarizing plate according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein A 1 is represented by the following formula (5) in the above formula (1) or (4).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    (In equation (5), n 4 represents an integer of 1 to 2.)
  17.  上記式(1)又は(4)におけるAが、ニトロ基及びスルホ基から選択される少なくとも1つの置換基で置換されたフェニル基である、請求項12~14のいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。 The invention according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein A 1 in the above formula (1) or (4) is a phenyl group substituted with at least one substituent selected from a nitro group and a sulfo group. Polarizer.
  18.  上記式(1)又は(4)のAにおける置換基を有してもよい複素環基が(6)~(8)で表される基からなる群から選択される基である、請求項12~14のいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    (式(6)~(8)中のXは、それぞれ独立に、ハロゲン基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、カルボキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基、スルホ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はカルボキシ基で置換された炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、qは0~4の整数を表し、qは0~6の整数を表す。Mは、水素、金属イオン、又はアンモニウムイオンを表し、n及びnは、それぞれ独立に、0~3の整数を表す。各式中*は、アゾ結合との接合位置を表す。)
    Is a radical selected from the group consisting of groups above formula (1) or heterocyclic group which may have a substituent at A 1 in (4) is represented by (6) to (8), claim The polarizing plate according to any one of 12 to 14.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    (X in formulas (6) to (8) is independently a halogen group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a sulfo group. An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a hydroxy group, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a carboxy group. A group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a sulfo group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a hydroxy group, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted with a carboxy group. q 1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, q 2 represents an integer of 0 to 6. M represents a hydrogen, metal ion, or ammonium ion, and n 1 and n 2 are independent of 0 to 3, respectively. In each formula, * represents the bonding position with the azo bond.)
  19.  少なくとも700~1500nmに、偏光した光に対して最も高い透過率を示す軸の吸光度と偏光した光に対して最も低い透過率を示す軸の吸光度との吸光度の比が5以上である波長域を有する、請求項1~18のいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。 At least 700 to 1500 nm, a wavelength range in which the ratio of the absorbance of the axis showing the highest transmittance for polarized light to the absorbance of the axis showing the lowest transmittance for polarized light is 5 or more. The polarizing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 18.
  20.  上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物以外の有機染料の1種類以上をさらに含む、請求項12~19のいずれか一項に記載の偏光板。 The polarizing plate according to any one of claims 12 to 19, further comprising one or more kinds of organic dyes other than the azo compound represented by the above formula (1).
  21.  ニュートラルグレーを示す請求項20に記載の偏光板。 The polarizing plate according to claim 20, which indicates neutral gray.
  22.  請求項1~21のいずれか一項に記載の偏光板を備える光学装置。 An optical device including the polarizing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 21.
  23.  請求項1~21のいずれか一項に記載の偏光板、又は請求項22に記載の光学装置を備える、表示装置。 A display device including the polarizing plate according to any one of claims 1 to 21 or the optical device according to claim 22.
PCT/JP2020/026065 2019-07-03 2020-07-02 Highly durable dye-based polarizing plate containing near-infrared absorbing dye WO2021002440A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021529191A JPWO2021002440A1 (en) 2019-07-03 2020-07-02

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019124226 2019-07-03
JP2019-124226 2019-07-03

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021002440A1 true WO2021002440A1 (en) 2021-01-07

Family

ID=74100387

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/026065 WO2021002440A1 (en) 2019-07-03 2020-07-02 Highly durable dye-based polarizing plate containing near-infrared absorbing dye

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2021002440A1 (en)
TW (1) TW202112979A (en)
WO (1) WO2021002440A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022215757A1 (en) * 2021-04-09 2022-10-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical absorption anisotropic layer, laminate, and infrared light sensor system

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016171126A1 (en) * 2015-04-20 2016-10-27 日本化薬株式会社 Composition containing dichroic dye, dye film produced using same, and polarizing element comprising said dye film
WO2018088558A1 (en) * 2016-11-14 2018-05-17 日本化薬株式会社 Dye-based polarizing plate for infrared wavelength range

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016171126A1 (en) * 2015-04-20 2016-10-27 日本化薬株式会社 Composition containing dichroic dye, dye film produced using same, and polarizing element comprising said dye film
WO2018088558A1 (en) * 2016-11-14 2018-05-17 日本化薬株式会社 Dye-based polarizing plate for infrared wavelength range

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022215757A1 (en) * 2021-04-09 2022-10-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical absorption anisotropic layer, laminate, and infrared light sensor system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2021002440A1 (en) 2021-01-07
TW202112979A (en) 2021-04-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI643908B (en) Achromatic dye-based polarizer and polarizing plate having high transmission
JP7230079B2 (en) AZO COMPOUND OR SALT THEREOF AND POLARIZING FILM CONTAINING THE SAME
TWI600719B (en) Dye-based polarizing element, polarizing plate using the dye-based polarizing element and liquid crystal display device
US20140085721A1 (en) Dye-Based Polarizing Element And Polarizing Plate
WO2018079651A1 (en) Polarizing element, polarizing plate using same and liquid crystal display device
JP7010850B2 (en) Azo compounds or salts thereof, and dye-based polarizing films and dye-based polarizing plates containing them.
TWI819174B (en) Azo compound or salt thereof, and dye-based polarizing film and dye-based polarizing plate containing the same
WO2021002440A1 (en) Highly durable dye-based polarizing plate containing near-infrared absorbing dye
JP6609260B2 (en) Polarizing element, polarizing plate having the polarizing element, and liquid crystal display device having the polarizing element or the polarizing plate
US20140126054A1 (en) Dye-Based Polarizing Element And Polarizing Plate
TWI774864B (en) head-up display unit
TWI762601B (en) polarizer
TWI822935B (en) Azo compound or salt thereof, and dye-based polarizing film and dye-based polarizing plate containing the same
JP5989082B2 (en) Dye-type polarizing element and polarizing plate
WO2013129171A1 (en) Dye-based polarizing element, and polarizing plate
WO2020230647A1 (en) Achromatic polarizer, achromatic polarizing plate using same, and display device
WO2021246437A1 (en) Polarizing element and polarizing plate for use in visible range and infrared range, and liquid crystal display device equipped with same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20834677

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021529191

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20834677

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1